Note:
Queue policies for APS are under the APS port hierarchy (port aps-id/sonet-sdh/path/network/queue-policy name), rather than under the physical port, similar to the configuration of regular SONET/SDH ports. See the SONET/SDH Commands hierarchy for more information. |
Note:
For more information about how to configure the scheduler mode on Ethernet ports, refer to the 7705 SAR OS Quality of Service Guide. |
This command creates a text description for a configuration context to help identify the content in the configuration file.
The no form of this command removes any description string from the context. For the serial context, the no form of this command restores the default value.
“DS0GRP” (for the serial context and the voice context)
“Discrete Digital Input” for digital input (for Auxiliary Alarm card or chassis alarm inputs), “Analog Input” for analog input, and “Digital Output Relay” for output (for Auxiliary Alarm card)
n/a for others
This command administratively disables an entity. When disabled, an entity does not change, reset, or remove any configuration settings or statistics.
The operational state of the entity is disabled as well as the operational state of any entities contained within. Many objects must be shut down before they can be deleted.
When used with the ethernet>efm-oam command, shutdown enables tunneling on the port (see tunneling), and no shutdown enables Ethernet EFM OAM 802.3ah.
The no form of this command administratively enables an entity.
Note:
The config>port> shutdown command does not remove power on RJ-45 ports that are Power over Ethernet (PoE/PoE+) capable. You must use the config>port>ethernet>no poe command to turn the power off; see poe for more information. |
card – no shutdown
dsl – no shutdown
mda – no shutdown
port – shutdown
scada – shutdown
scada>branch – no shutdown
input – no shutdown (for Auxiliary Alarm card and chassis alarm inputs)
alarm – shutdown (for Auxiliary Alarm card)
output – shutdown (for Auxiliary Alarm card)
lag – shutdown
This mandatory command is the first step in activating the IOM software: designating it a slot position in the chassis. On the 7705 SAR, the slot number is always 1. The IOM software must be activated before the adapter cards and ports can be configured. The no form of this command removes the card from the configuration. All associated ports, services, and adapter cards must be shut down.
n/a
This mandatory command is the second step in activating the IOM software: designating the card type. The card type can be preprovisioned, meaning that the card does not need to be installed in the chassis. On the 7705 SAR, the card type is always iom-sar.
A card must be provisioned (configured) before an adapter card or port can be configured.
A card can only be provisioned in a slot that is vacant, which means that no other card can be provisioned for that particular slot. To reconfigure a slot position, use the no form of this command to remove the current information. Port and adapter card information must be shut down.
A card can only be provisioned in a slot if the card type is allowed in the slot. An error message is generated if an attempt is made to provision a card type that is not allowed.
The no form of this command removes the card from the configuration. This operation requires that the card be administratively shut down. All dependencies to ports on this card must be shut down and removed from the configuration before issuing the no card-type command.
n/a
This mandatory command enables access to a card’s MDA CLI context to configure adapter cards.
n/a
1 to 6 | on the 7705 SAR-8 | |
1 to 12 and X1 to X4 for XMDA cards | on the 7705 SAR-18 | |
1 (for Ethernet), 2 (for T1/E1), and 3 (for module) | on the 7705 SAR-M variants that support modules | |
1 (for Ethernet) and 2 (for T1/E1) | on the 7705 SAR-A | |
1 (for Ethernet) | on the 7705 SAR-W | |
1 (for Ethernet) and 2 (for DSL on the variant that supports xDSL) | on the 7705 SAR-Wx | |
1 (for Ethernet), 2 (for module position 1), and 3 (for module position 2) | on the 7705 SAR-H | |
1 (for Ethernet) and 2 (for RS-232) | on the 7705 SAR-Hc |
This command enables the 7705 SAR to interoperate with SDH networks that use subnetwork connection protection (SNCP). When ais-propagation is enabled, the 7705 SAR can use SDH signaling to make pseudowire switching decisions on Cpipes configured for redundancy.
For more information about 7705 SAR interoperation with SDH SNCP, refer to the 7705 SAR OS Services Guide, “AIS Fault Propagation” section.
n/a
This command defines the clocking mode and the associated timestamp frequency (if differential or dcr-acr clocking mode is configured).
All clock modes are supported on the following:
Only adaptive mode is supported on the following chassis and cards:
Only differential mode is supported on the following cards:
adaptive (if no clocking mode is configured)
differential (for 4-port OC3/STM1 Channelized Adapter card and 4-port DS3/E3 Adapter card)
If differential or dcr-acr clocking mode is configured on the 7705 SAR-M, 7705 SAR-A, or 4-port T1/E1 and RS-232 Combination module, the default timestamp frequency is 103680.
If differential or dcr-acr clocking mode is configured on the 16-port T1/E1 ASAP Adapter card, version 2, or the 32-port T1/E1 ASAP Adapter card, the default timestamp frequency is 77760.
For the 4-port OC3/STM1 Channelized Adapter card and the 4-port DS3/E3 Adapter card, the default timestamp frequency is 77760.
Note:
The 25000 and 103680 options are not supported on the 16-port T1/E1 ASAP Adapter card, version 2, the 32-port T1/E1 ASAP Adapter card, or the 4-port DS3/E3 Adapter card. The 19440, 25000, and 103680 options are not supported on the 4-port OC3/STM1 Channelized Adapter card. |
This command enables the fabric port statistics counter to count egress traffic toward a specified adapter card. The CSM allows the collection of fabric statistics from only one fabric port at any given time. To change the port statistics counter to a different adapter card, turn off statistics collection on the assigned adapter card by using no fabric-stats-enabled and then enabling statistics collection on another adapter card.
This command configures the set of software services that are enabled for a specific adapter card.
The cem-atm-ppp and cem-fr-hdlc-ppp parameter values are used to configure the appropriate encapsulation methods that are required to support pseudowire services. These values apply to the following adapter cards:
The card-level encapsulation capabilities must be configured before the encap-type parameter is configured at the port level.
The x10-1gb-sfp and x1-10gb-sf+ parameter values are used for the 10-port 1GigE/1-port 10GigE X-Adapter card to define whether the card operates in 10-port 1GigE mode or 1-port 10GigE mode.
The no form of this command sets the mda-mode back to the card’s default mode. For the 10-port 1GigE/1-port 10GigE X-Adapter card, the default mode is x1-10gb-sf+. For the T1/E1 ASAP adapter cards and 4-port DS3/E3 Adapter card, the default mode is cem-atm-ppp. All service and port/channel configurations associated with the adapter card must be removed before the mda-mode can be changed.
x1-10gb-sf+ (for 10-port 1GigE/1-port 10GigE X-Adapter card)
cem-atm-ppp (for T1/E1 ASAP adapter cards and 4-port DS3/E3 Adapter card)
This mandatory command provisions a specific adapter card or module type to the device configuration for the slot. The adapter card or module can be preprovisioned, but it must be provisioned before ports can be configured. Ports can be configured once the adapter card or module is properly provisioned.
A maximum of 6 adapter cards can be installed in a 7705 SAR-8 chassis, and a maximum of 12 adapter cards and 4 XMDA adapter cards can be installed in a 7705 SAR-18 chassis. One module can be installed in 7705 SAR-M variants that support modules. A maximum of two modules can be installed in a 7705 SAR-H chassis. Only one adapter card or module can be provisioned per MDA or module slot. To modify an MDA or module slot, shut down all port associations.
A medium severity alarm is generated if an adapter card or module is inserted that does not match the adapter card or module type configured for the slot. This alarm is cleared when the correct adapter card or module is inserted or the configuration is modified. A high severity alarm is raised if an administratively enabled adapter card or module is removed from the chassis. This alarm is cleared if either the correct adapter card or module type is inserted or the configuration is modified. A low severity trap is issued if an administratively disabled adapter card or module is removed.
An alarm is raised if partial or complete adapter card or module failure is detected. The alarm is cleared when the error condition ceases.
The no form of this command deletes the adapter card or module from the configuration. The adapter card or module must be administratively shut down before it can be deleted from the configuration. Before an adapter card or module can be shut down, all port associations with this adapter card or module, for example SAPs and IP interfaces, must be shut down first.
n/a
For the 7705 SAR-8 | |
a16-chds1 | 16-port T1/E1 ASAP Adapter card, version 1 |
a16-chds1v2 | 16-port T1/E1 ASAP Adapter card, version 2 |
a32-chds1v2 | 32-port T1/E1 ASAP Adapter card |
a12-sdi | 12-port Serial Data Interface card, version 1 |
a12-sdiv2 | 12-port Serial Data Interface card, version 2 |
a6-eth-10G | 6-port Ethernet 10Gbps Adapter card |
a8-eth | 8-port Ethernet Adapter card, version 1 |
a8-ethv2 | 8-port Ethernet Adapter card, version 2 |
a8-1gb-sfp | 8-port Gigabit Ethernet Adapter card, version 1 |
a8-1gb-v2-sfp | 8-port Gigabit Ethernet Adapter card, version 2 |
a8-1gb-v3-sfp | 8-port Gigabit Ethernet Adapter card, version 3 |
a6-em | 6-port E&M Adapter card |
a4-oc3 | 4-port OC3/STM1 Clear Channel Adapter card |
a4-chds3 | 4-port DS3/E3 Adapter card |
a2-choc3 | 2-port OC3/STM1 Channelized Adapter card |
a4-choc3/12 | 4-port OC3/STM1 Channelized Adapter card |
a2-10gb-xfp | 2-port 10GigE (Ethernet) Adapter card |
aux-alarm | Auxiliary Alarm card |
mw-pic-2 | Power Injector card |
a8-pmc | Packet Microwave Adapter card |
a8-vt | 8-port Voice & Teleprotection card |
a8-fxo | 8-port FXO Adapter card |
a6-fxs | 6-port FXS Adapter card |
oadm-cwdm-1ch | CWDM OADM Adapter card (1-channel) |
oadm-cwdm-2ch | CWDM OADM Adapter card (2-channel) |
oadm-cwdm-4ch | CWDM OADM Adapter card (4-channel) |
oadm-cwdm-8ch | CWDM OADM Adapter card (8-channel) |
isc | Integrated Services card |
For the 7705 SAR-18 | |
a16-chds1v2 | 16-port T1/E1 ASAP Adapter card, version 2 |
a32-chds1v2 | 32-port T1/E1 ASAP Adapter card |
a12-sdi | 12-port Serial Data Interface card, version 1 |
a12-sdiv2 | 12-port Serial Data Interface card, version 2 |
a6-eth-10G | 6-port Ethernet 10Gbps Adapter card |
a8-ethv2 | 8-port Ethernet Adapter card, version 2 |
a8-1gb-sfp | 8-port Gigabit Ethernet Adapter card, version 1 |
a8-1gb-v2-sfp | 8-port Gigabit Ethernet Adapter card, version 2 |
a8-1gb-v3-sfp | 8-port Gigabit Ethernet Adapter card, version 3 |
x-10GigE | 10-port 1GigE/1-port 10GigE X-Adapter card, version 1 |
x-10GigE-v2 | 10-port 1GigE/1-port 10GigE X-Adapter card, version 2 |
a6-em | 6-port E&M Adapter card |
a4-chds3 | 4-port DS3/E3 Adapter card |
a4-oc3 | 4-port OC3/STM1 Clear Channel Adapter card |
a2-choc3 | 2-port OC3/STM1 Channelized Adapter card |
a4-choc3/12 | 4-port OC3/STM1 Channelized Adapter card |
a2-10gb-xfp | 2-port 10GigE (Ethernet) Adapter card |
aux-alarm | Auxiliary Alarm card |
mw-pic-2 | Power Injector card |
a8-pmc | Packet Microwave Adapter card |
a8-vt | 8-port Voice & Teleprotection card |
a8-fxo | 8-port FXO Adapter card |
a6-fxs | 6-port FXS Adapter card |
oadm-cwdm-1ch | CWDM OADM Adapter card (1-channel) |
oadm-cwdm-2ch | CWDM OADM Adapter card (2-channel) |
oadm-cwdm-4ch | CWDM OADM Adapter card (4-channel) |
oadm-cwdm-8ch | CWDM OADM Adapter card (8-channel) |
isc | Integrated Services card |
For the 7705 SAR-M | |
p1-gpon | GPON module |
p8-xdsl | 8-port xDSL module |
p6-dcm | 6-port DSL Combination module |
oadm-cwdm-1ch | CWDM OADM module (1-channel) |
p2-10gb-xfp | 2-port 10GigE (Ethernet) module |
For the 7705 SAR-H | |
a4-combo | 4-port T1/E1 and RS-232 Combination module |
p1-gps | GPS Receiver module |
This command enables the context to configure voice parameters on the 6-port E&M Adapter card, 8-port Voice & Teleprotection card, 8-port FXO Adapter card, and 6-port FXS Adapter card.
n/a
This command specifies the companding law to be used on the 6-port E&M Adapter card, 8-port Voice & Teleprotection card, 8-port FXO Adapter card, and 6-port FXS Adapter card.
To change this parameter, all ports associated with the card must be in shutdown mode and no channels can be defined on the card. A change in the companding law results in a corresponding change to the signaling-type default. The signaling-type applies only to the 6-port E&M Adapter card.
mu-law
This command specifies the signaling type to be used on the 6-port E&M Adapter card.
To change this parameter, all ports associated with the 6-port E&M Adapter card must be in shutdown mode and no channels can be defined on the card.
The signaling type is selectable on a per-card basis depending on companding type. When A-Law companding is configured, the signaling type is automatically type V. When Mu-Law companding is configured, all signaling types can be selected; however, the only supported configurations are both ends of the connection operating in the same mode (for example, Type I to Type I) or one end operating in Type I mode and the other in Type V mode.
type-i (for Mu-Law companding)
type-v (for A-Law companding)
This command enables the access context to configure QoS policy parameters for the specified adapter card.
This command enables the network context to configure QoS policy parameters for the specified adapter card.
This command enables the context to configure the QoS policy parameters for ingress traffic, in either an access or network context, for the specified adapter card.
This command configures (applies) the ingress fabric policy, in either an access or network context, for the specified adapter card.
Fabric profiles do not apply to the Auxiliary Alarm card.
The no form of this command reverts the fabric-policy-id to the default value.
1
This command specifies the network ingress queue policy that defines queue parameters such as CBS, high-priority-only burst size, MBS, CIR, and PIR rates, as well as forwarding class-to-queue mappings. The network queue policy is defined in the config>qos>network-queue context. Refer to the 7705 SAR OS Quality of Service Guide, “Network Queue QoS Policies”, for more information.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
“default”
This command specifies the QoS policy parameters for ring traffic in a network, for the 2-port 10GigE (Ethernet) Adapter card or 2-port 10GigE (Ethernet) module.
This command specifies the network queue policy to be applied to the add/drop port on the bridging domain side of a ring adapter card. The network queue policy is defined in the config>qos>network-queue context. Refer to the 7705 SAR OS Quality of Service Guide, “Network Queue QoS Policies”, for more information.
The ring ports and the add/drop port cannot use the same non-default network queue policy that is being used by the v-port and any other port on other cards.
no add-drop-port-queue-policy
This command specifies the network QoS policy for the ring. Only a ring type network QoS policy can be assigned to a port on the bridging domain side of a ring adapter card.
no qos-policy
This command enables access to the context to configure external alarm attributes on 7705 SAR Ethernet ports (supported on all platforms with Ethernet ports), on the Auxiliary Alarm card and on the four alarm inputs on the fan module (for the 7705 SAR-8), alarm connector (for the 7705 SAR-F, 7705 SAR-M (all variants), 7705 SAR-H, and 7705 SAR-Hc), and alarm module (for the 7705 SAR-18).
When configuring custom alarms for an Ethernet port, the port must be configured for 100 Base-Tx operation with autonegotiation disabled.
This command creates or removes alarms.
The no form of this command disables the alarm attributes for the specified alarm. The alarm must be in the shutdown state before the no form of the command can be performed.
n/a
This command generates output to chassis alarm relays and LEDs for the specified alarm.
The no form of this command disables the generation of output to chassis alarm relays and LEDs.
chassis-alarming
This command generates raise/clear log events for the specified alarm and controls SNMP trap generation for the raise/clear log events.
The no form of this command disables the generation of raise/clear log events.
log
This command configures the severity level for the specified alarm.
The alarm must be disabled before the severity level can be modified.
If the alarm generates raise/clear log events and SNMP traps (enabled by the log command), the severity of the raise log events and SNMP traps is controlled by this configuration. The severity level of the clear log events and SNMP traps is warning.
If the alarm generates output to chassis alarm relays and LEDs (enabled by the chassis-alarming command), the severity level of the alarm output is controlled by this configuration. For chassis relay alarms, only the critical, major and minor levels of severity apply. (There are three LEDs that represent each of them.)
major
This command provides the context to configure the thresholds for the specified alarm.
n/a
This command provides the context to configure analog trigger thresholds for the specified alarm.
n/a
This command configures the analog voltage level thresholds for the specified alarm.
The analog input level threshold cannot be changed from no level when there are no analog inputs configured as triggers. When all analog inputs are removed from the trigger list, the level is automatically changed to no level. The analog input level threshold cannot be changed to no level when there is analog input in the trigger list. When the first analog input is added to the alarm trigger, the level is automatically changed to gt 0.
The no form of this command removes the analog voltage level threshold.
no level
This command configures the inputs that will trigger the alarm. An alarm can be configured to trigger on any configured input or only when all enabled configured inputs are active. Administratively disabled inputs are ignored for alarm triggering.
Digital inputs are considered normally open. This means that a digital input becomes active only if it closes. Analog inputs have a customizable voltage threshold. This threshold can be configured using the thresholds command. Analog inputs become active when this threshold is crossed.
The no form of this command removes the trigger.
no trigger
for Ethernet ports, the format is:
port-slot/mda/port [name]
for the Auxiliary Alarm card, the format is:
alarm-slot/mda.{d | a}-alarm-num [name]
for the four alarm inputs on the fan module (for the 7705 SAR-8), alarm connector (for the 7705 SAR-F, 7705 SAR-M (all variants), 7705 SAR-H, and 7705 SAR-Hc), and alarm module (for the 7705 SAR-18), the format is:
alarm.d-alarm-num [name]
where:
slot = card slot number for IOM (always 1 on the 7705 SAR)
mda = Ethernet adapter card or Auxiliary Alarm card slot number (for Ethernet modules or ports on platforms with no card slots, the mda slot number is preconfigured)
port = port number for Ethernet ports
d = digital input
a = analog input
alarm-num = alarm port number (1 to 24 for digital on the Auxiliary Alarm card, 1 to 4 for digital on the four chassis alarm inputs, 1 or 2 for analog)
name = optional name assigned to the input
for example:
alarm-1/3.d-3
windowOpen3
alarm.d-1
The name option lets users assign a more meaningful name (must be unique) to the alarm input; for example, windowOpen3 might be more meaningful to a user than the identifier alarm-1/3.d-3. Once the name has been configured, it can be used interchangeably with the alarm input identifier; for example, windowOpen3 can be used instead of alarm-1/3.d-3 as an alarm input trigger.
This command provides the context to configure the external alarm inputs on 7705 SAR Ethernet ports, on the Auxiliary Alarm card and on the four alarm inputs on the fan module (for the 7705 SAR-8), alarm connector (for the 7705 SAR-F and 7705 SAR-M (all variants), 7705 SAR-H, and 7705 SAR-Hc), alarm module (for the 7705 SAR-18).
An alarm input must be associated with an alarm in order for the input to be triggered. See the trigger command. An input can be associated with up to four alarms.
n/a
for Ethernet ports, the format is:
port-slot/mda/port [name]
for the Auxiliary Alarm card, the format is:
alarm-slot/mda.{d | a}-alarm-num [name]
for the four alarm inputs on the fan module (for the 7705 SAR-8), alarm connector (for the 7705 SAR-F and 7705 SAR-M (all variants), 7705 SAR-H, and 7705 SAR-Hc), and alarm module (for the 7705 SAR-18), the format is:
alarm.d-alarm-num [name]
where:
slot = card slot number for IOM (always 1 on the 7705 SAR)
mda = Ethernet adapter card or Auxiliary Alarm card slot number (for Ethernet modules or ports on platforms with no card slots, the mda slot number is preconfigured)
port = port number for Ethernet ports
d = digital input
a = analog input
alarm-num = alarm port number (1 to 24 for digital on the Auxiliary Alarm card, 1 to 4 for digital on the four chassis alarm inputs, 1 or 2 for analog)
name = optional name assigned to the input
for example:
alarm-1/3.d-3
windowOpen3
alarm.d-1
The name option lets users assign a more meaningful name (must be unique) to the alarm input; for example, windowOpen3 might be more meaningful to a user than the identifier alarm-1/3.d-3. Once the name has been configured, it can be used interchangeably with the alarm input identifier; for example, windowOpen3 can be used instead of alarm-1/3.d-3 as an alarm input trigger for the trigger command, or when performing a show>external-alarms>input or show>external-alarms>output command.
This command configures the debounce time associated with detecting and clearing an alarm input. Debounce time is not supported on alarm inputs on Ethernet ports.
The no debounce form of the command sets both the detect time and clear time to 0.
2 (for both detect time and clear time)
This command provides the context to configure the external alarm output relays.
n/a
relay-slot/mda.d-relay-num [name]
where:
slot = slot number of the card in the chassis (always 1 on the 7705 SAR)
mda = Auxiliary Alarm card slot number
d = digital output
relay-num = output relay number (1to 8)
name = name assigned to the output relay
for example:
relay-1/3.d-5
doorHolder5
The name option lets users assign a more meaningful name (must be unique) to the output relay; for example, doorHolder5 might be more meaningful to a user than the output relay identifier relay-1/3.d-5. Once the name has been configured, it can be used interchangeably with the alarm identifier; for example, doorHolder5 can be used instead of relay-1/3.d-5 when performing a show>external-alarms>output command.
This command configures a name for the alarm input or output relay. The configured name must be unique within the external alarms context; therefore, it must not be the same as an alarm-input name configured for the trigger or input command, or an alarm-output name configured for the output command. For example, alarm-1/3.d-1 or doorOpen1 cannot be used as a name for any alarm input, and relay-1/3.d-5 or doorHolder5 cannot be used as a name for any output relay.
The no form of this command does not associate a name with the alarm input or output relay.
no name
This command configures the normal condition of the digital input – either normally open or normally closed. You cannot configure the normal condition on alarm inputs on Ethernet ports.
normally open
This command enables access to the context to configure APS on SONET/SDH ports and assigns an APS group ID. Both working and protection circuits must be configured with the same APS group ID on either the same 7705 SAR node (SC-APS) or on two 7705 SAR nodes (MC-APS).
This command configures APS on SONET/SDH ports. An APS group contains a working and protection circuit with the same APS group ID on either a single 7705 SAR node (SC-APS) or on two 7705 SAR nodes (MC-APS).
The working circuit must be connected to the peer working circuit, and the protection circuit must be connected to the peer protection circuit.
The aps command is only available for APS groups, not for physical ports.
This command specifies the time interval, in 100s of milliseconds, between “I am operational” messages sent by the protection and working circuits to their neighbor in an MC-APS group. The advertise-interval value is valid only for an MC-APS.
10
This command specifies how much time can pass without the node receiving an advertise packet from its neighbor before the MC-APS signaling link is considered operationally down.The hold time is in 100s of milliseconds and is usually the advertise-interval value multiplied by 3.
This command configures hold-down timers to debounce signal failure conditions (lais, b2err-sf) and signal degrade conditions (b2err-sd) for 1+1 unidirectional SC-APS switching mode. If the signal fail or signal degrade conditions exceed the configured hold-down time, APS is activated.
no hold-time-aps (values are 0)
This command specifies the neighbor's IP address in an MC-APS group. If the value of the neighbor IP address is set to 0.0.0.0, or not set, this implies that the APS group is configured as an SC-APS group.The route to the neighbor must not traverse the MC-APS member (working or protection) circuits. It is recommended that the neighbor IP address configured be on a shared network between the routers that own the working and protection circuits. The node should be connected with a direct interface to ensure optimum failover time.By default, no neighbor address is configured and both the working and protection circuits should be configured on the same router as an SC-APS group.
0.0.0.0
This command configures a physical port that will act as the protection circuit for this APS group.
The protection circuit port must contain only the default configuration and cannot belong to another APS group. The protection circuit port must be of the same type as the working circuit (SONET/SDH) for the APS group; if it is not, the command will return an error.
A protection circuit can only be added if the working circuit already exists. The protection circuit must be removed from the configuration before the working circuit can be removed.
When a port is a protection circuit of an APS group, the configuration options available in the config>port port-id>sonet-sdh context are not allowed for that port unless they are in the following exception list:
When a port is configured as a protection circuit of an APS group, the configurations listed above and all service configurations related to the APS port are operationally inherited by the protection circuit. If the protection circuit cannot inherit the configurations (due to resource limitations), the configuration attempt fails and an error is returned to the user.
The protection circuit must be shut down before it can be removed from the APS group port. The inherited configuration for the circuit and APS operational commands for that circuit are not preserved when the circuit is removed from the APS group.
The no form of this command removes the protection circuit.
n/a
This command configures how RDI alarms (line, path, section) are generated on physical circuits of an APS port. The command is only supported in 1+1 unidirectional SC-APS mode. When you configure RDI alarms on a port on the 2-port OC3/STM1 Channelized Adapter card, the second port is automatically configured with a matching RDI alarms setting. As a consequence, both ports will then support only 1+1 unidirectional SC-APS mode.
circuit
This command configures how long the 7705 SAR waits before switching back to the working circuit after it has been restored to service.
If the minutes value is changed, it takes effect at the next initiation of the wait-to-restore (WTR) timer.
This command does not modify the length of a WTR timer that has already been started. The WTR timer of a non-revertive switch can be assumed to be infinite.
The no form of this command restores the default (non-revertive) mode – the switch back does not occur unless the protection circuit fails or it is manually switched by the operator.
This command configures the switching mode for the APS port. SC-APS supports both bi-directional and uni-1plus1; MC-APS supports only bi-directional switching mode.
bi-directional
This command configures a physical port that will act as the working circuit for this APS group.
The working circuit port must contain only the default configuration and cannot be part of another APS group. The working circuit must be created before the protection circuit.
When a port is a working circuit of an APS group, the configuration options available in the config>port port-id>sonet-sdh context are not allowed for that port unless they are in the following exception list:
When a port is configured as a working circuit of an APS group, the configurations listed above and all service configurations related to the APS port are operationally inherited by the working circuit from the APS group ID. If the working circuit cannot inherit that configuration (for example, due to resource limitations), the configuration attempt fails and an error is returned to the user.
The working circuit must be shut down before it can be removed from an APS group. The inherited configuration for the circuit and APS operational commands for that circuit are not preserved when the circuit is removed from the APS group.
All configurations for the APS group under the config>port context and its submenus and all configuration for services that use this APS group ID are preserved as a non-activated configuration since the APS group no longer has any physical circuits assigned.
The no form of this command removes the working circuit. The working circuit can only be removed from the configuration after the protection circuit has been removed.
This command configure a microwave link on a 7705 SAR-8 or 7705 SAR-18.
The no form of this command removes the microwave link configuration.
This command enables the context to configure microwave link parameters.
This command configures dampening timers on a microwave link. Dampening timers guard against excessive link transitions reported to upper layer protocols.
The no form of this command removes the dampening timers configuration.
down 0 or up 0 — no microwave link dampening is enabled; link transitions are immediately reported to upper layer protocols
This command enables or disables peer discovery on the microwave link.
Peer discovery is used to discover the IP addresses of remote routers over the microwave link, as well as the physical ports of the remote routers corresponding to the primary radios for the microwave link.
Ports with peer discovery disabled do not send peer discovery packets and ignore any received peer discovery packets. The CLI does not display the IP address of peers when peer discovery is disabled.
This command enables protection switching on a microwave link.
The no form of this command removes the protection switching on a microwave link.
This command configures an MPR-e radio for a microwave link.
The no form of this command removes an MPR-e spare radio from the specified port
Note:
You cannot remove an MPR-e main radio that is associated with a microwave link. The microwave link must be deleted and then re-configured with the desired MPR-e radio. |
Note:
|
This command configures the filename of the MPR-e radio database.
The no form of this command removes the MPR-e radio database configuration.
n/a
This command specifies a name to be associated with an MPR-e radio.
The no form of this command removes the name configured for the MPR-e radio.
n/a
This command configures the MPR-e radio to operate in standalone mode.
The no form of this command removes the standalone designation and sets the MPR-e radio in MWA mode.
no standalone
This command mutes the transmitter on the radio MPR-e radio.
The no form of this command disables the mute configuration.
This command configures the type of revertive switching on the microwave link. Revertive switching occurs when the MPR-e radio operation switches from the spare radio back to the main radio after a fault condition is cleared.
The no form of this command removes the revertive switching configuration.
n/a
Note:
If EPS is configured as the revertive switching type, Transmission Protection Switching (TPS) is automatically applied as well; TPS cannot be enabled independently. |
This command enables access to the context to configure ports, multilink bundles, and IMA groups. Before a port can be configured, the chassis slot must be provisioned with a valid card type and the adapter card slot must be provisioned with a valid adapter card type. (See the card and mda commands.)
n/a
The command syntax must be configured as follows:
Syntax | bundle-type-slot/mda.bundle-num | ||||||
bundle[-ppp]-slot/mda.bundle-num (Creates a multilink PPP bundle) | |||||||
bundle-ima-slot/mda.bundle-num (Creates an IMA group) | |||||||
bundle: keyword | |||||||
slot: card/adapter card slot numbers | |||||||
bundle-num: 1 to 32 For example: router1>config# port bundle-1/1.1 (multilink PPP bundle) router1>config# port bundle-ima-1/1.2 (IMA group bundle) |
This command enables or disables digital diagnostic monitoring (DDM) events for the port. DDM is supported on Ethernet SFP ports, OC3 SONET SFP ports, and v-ports.
no ddm-events
This command configures the Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing (DWDM) parameters.
This command configures the DWDM ITU channel for a tunable adapter card optical interface. The channel is expressed in a form that is derived from the laser's operational frequency. For example, 193.40 THz corresponds to DWDM ITU channel 34 in the 100 GHz grid and 193.45 THz corresponds to DWDM ITU channel 345 in the 50 GHz grid. The provisioned adapter card type must have DWDM tunable optics (2-port 10GigE (Ethernet) Adapter card or 2-port 10GigE (Ethernet) module).
The DWDM channel must be set to a non-zero value before the port is set to no shutdown.
The port must be shut down before changing the DWDM channel, and the port must be a physical port to set the DWDM channel.
This command enables access to the context to configure Ethernet port attributes on all cards, modules, and chassis that support Ethernet. For the Packet Microwave Adapter card, this command does not apply to ports that support microwave awareness).
This command enables access to the context to configure access mode parameters.
This command enables access to the context to configure the CIR rate for the aggregate of all the unshaped 4-priority SAPs on the port and to configure the shaper policy.
This command assigns a shaper policy to the specified hybrid port.
The shaper policy defines shaper parameters such as shaper group, and PIR and CIR rates. The shaper policy is defined in the config>qos>shaper-policy context. Refer to the 7705 SAR OS Quality of Service Guide, “QoS for Hybrid Ports”, for more information.
Note:
|
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
“default”
This command sets the CIR rate for the aggregate of all the unshaped 4-priority SAPs on the port. The default cir-rate is 0 kb/s. When the cir-rate is set to max, the CIR rate adopts the maximum rate of the port, which is set using the egress-rate sub-rate command.
If the cir-rate is higher than the sub-rate, the cir-rate is stored in the configuration database but the sub-rate limit is used.
On a Gen-3-based port, this command can be set for mix-and-match LAG SAP purposes, but is not applied to the Gen-3-based port. See LAG Support on the 6-port Ethernet 10Gbps Adapter Card for more information..
The no form of the command sets the unshaped-sap-cir CIR rate to 0 kb/s.
no unshaped-sap-cir
For the 8-port Ethernet Adapter card, this command enables speed autonegotiation and duplex autonegotiation on Ethernet 10/100Base-T RJ-45 ports. The command enables speed autonegotiation on the two SFP ports (10, 100, or 1000 Mb/s). Duplex autonegotiation is only supported on SFP ports using 100 Mb/s fiber SFPs or 10/100/1000Base-T copper SFPs. Duplex autonegotiation is not supported on optical Gigabit Ethernet SFPs; the mode is always full duplex.
The 8-port Gigabit Ethernet Adapter card, 10-port 1GigE/1-port 10GigE X-Adapter card in x10-1gb-sfp mode, and Packet Microwave Adapter card support speed autonegotiation and duplex autonegotiation on all SFP ports. Each port can run in full-duplex mode or in half-duplex mode at 10 or 100 Mb/s.
The 6-port Ethernet 10Gbps Adapter card supports speed autonegotiation and duplex autonegotiation on all SFP ports; SFP+ ports do not support autonegotiation. Each SFP port can run in full-duplex mode or half-duplex mode at 10 Mb/s or 100 Mb/s, and in full-duplex mode at 1 Gb/s. Each SFP+ port can run in full-duplex mode at 10 Gb/s.
Speed autonegotiation takes place automatically — all ports are configured for speed autonegotiation by default. Speed autonegotiation might need to be disabled (for example, if a port must be forced to a certain speed or to avoid speed negotiation loops between the Ethernet Adapter card and other devices). To turn off speed autonegotiation for a port, the user configures the port speed manually.
When autonegotiation is disabled on a port, the port does not attempt to autonegotiate and will only operate at the speed and duplex settings configured for the port. Also, when autonegotiation is disabled, the tx and rx pauses are enabled automatically (the tx and rx pauses are negotiated with the far end if autonegotiation is enabled).
If the autonegotiate limited keyword option is specified, the port will autonegotiate but will only advertise a specific speed and duplex mode. The speed and duplex mode advertised are the settings configured for the port. One use for limited mode is for multispeed gigabit ports to force gigabit operation while keeping autonegotiation enabled for compliance with IEEE 801.3.
The no form of this command disables autonegotiation on this port.
Caution:
|
Note:
If autonegotiation is turned off, the reception and transmission of IEEE 802.3x flow control frames is enabled by default and cannot be disabled. For more information, see Flow Control on Ethernet Ports. |
autonegotiate
This command enables the port to respond to LBM messages and sets the queuing and scheduling conditions for handling CFM LBM frames. The user selects the desired QoS treatment by enabling the CFM loopback and including the high or low priority with the high or low keyword. The queue parameters and scheduler mappings associated with the high and low keywords are preconfigured and cannot be altered by the user.
The priority dot1p and match-vlan keywords apply only to physical ring ports on the 2-port 10GigE (Ethernet) Adapter card and 2-port 10GigE (Ethernet) module.
The parameters and mappings have the following settings:
CFM loopback support on a physical ring port on the 2-port 10GigE (Ethernet) Adapter card or 2-port 10GigE (Ethernet) module differs from other Ethernet ports. For these ports, cfm-loopback is configured using dot1p and an optional list of up to 16 VLANs. The null VLAN is always applied. The CFM Loopback Message will be processed if it does not contain a VLAN header, or if it contains a VLAN header with a VLAN ID that matches one in the configured match-vlan list.
The no form of the command disables the handling of CFM loopback frames.
no cfm-loopback
This command specifies the Ethertype expected when the port’s encapsulation type is dot1q.
IEEE 802.1q (also known as VLAN tagging) defines a process to channelize a single Ethernet port or v-port into VLANs. Each VLAN can represent a customer or an application. Up to 4096 VLANs can be configured per port. For more information on VLANs and VLAN tagging, refer to “VLL Services” in the 7705 SAR OS Services Guide.
The Ethertype specifies the protocol being carried in an Ethernet frame. In 802.1q, the Ethertype is set to the Tag Protocol Identifier (TPID) value of 0x8100, which identifies the frame as an IEE 802.1Q-tagged frame. As well, 2 bytes of Tag Control Information (TCI), followed by 2 bytes containing the frame’s original Ethertype are added to the frame. Together, the TPID and TCI make up the VLAN tag.
For Ethernet ports, when the port encap-type is qinq, the dot1q-etype value sets the Ethertype for the inner VLAN tag. The qinq encapsulation type is not supported by a v-port, or by DSL or GPON modules on the 7705 SAR-M. However, qinq encapsulation is supported by the DSL block on the 7705 SAR-Wx.
Network ports do not allow dot1q-etype settings.
The no form of this command reverts the dot1q-etype value to the default.
0x8100
This command enables the down-when-looped feature on Ethernet ports or v-ports. When the down-when-looped feature is activated, a keepalive loop PDU is transmitted periodically toward the network. The port listens for returning keepalive loop PDUs. A loop is detected if any of the received PDUs have an Ethertype value of 9000 and the source and destination MAC addresses are identical to the MAC address of the port. When a loop is detected, the port is immediately brought down.
Ethernet port-layer line loopbacks and Ethernet port-layer internal loopbacks can be enabled on the same port with the down-when-looped feature. EFM OAM cannot be enabled on the same port with the down-when-looped feature.
This command configures the time interval between the keepalive PDUs transmitted toward the network during loop detection by the down-when-looped feature.
10 s
This command configures the minimum wait time before re-enabling the Ethernet port or v-port after it is brought down due to a loop detection.
120
This command configures the down-when-looped feature to declare a loop when the destination MAC address matches the broadcast MAC address instead of the MAC address of the Ethernet port or v-port. You must enable use-broadcast-address if down-when-looped is enabled on DSL or GPON module ports.
For the 8-port Ethernet Adapter card, the 6-port Ethernet 10Gbps Adapter card, and the 10-port 1GigE/1-port 10GigE X-Adapter card in x10-1gb-sfp mode, this command configures the duplex mode of an Ethernet or Fast Ethernet port when autonegotiation is disabled. SFP slots hosting Ethernet or Fast Ethernet SFPs can be configured to full-duplex or half-duplex mode when autonegotiation is disabled. Duplex autonegotiation is automatically turned off when the user sets the mode with this command. SFP slots hosting optical GigE SFPs only support full-duplex mode; duplex autonegotiation is not supported.
For the 8-port Gigabit Ethernet Adapter card, the 6-port Ethernet 10Gbps Adapter card, the 10-port 1GigE/1-port 10GigE X-Adapter card in x10-1gb-sfp mode, and the Packet Microwave Adapter card, this command configures the duplex mode of an Ethernet, Fast Ethernet, or Gigabit Ethernet port when autonegotiation is disabled. On the 2-port 10GigE (Ethernet) Adapter card and 2-port 10GigE (Ethernet) module, ring Ethernet XFP ports and the v-port are set to full-duplex mode by default and cannot be changed. On the other cards, SFP slots can be configured for full-duplex mode or for half-duplex mode on ports configured for speeds of 10 or 100 Mb/s when autonegotiation is disabled. Duplex autonegotiation is automatically turned off when the user sets the mode with this command. All SFP slots support duplex autonegotiation.
Note:
On the 10-Gb/s ports of the 6-port Ethernet 10Gbps Adapter card (ports 5 and 6), the mode is always full duplex and cannot be changed. |
full
This command configures EFM-OAM attributes.
This command enables reactions to loopback control OAMPDUs from peers.
The no form of this command disables reactions to loopback control OAMPDUs.
This command sets the amount of time that EFM-OAM will wait before going from a non-operational state to an operational state.
If EFM-OAM goes from an operational state to a non-operational state (other than link-fault), it enters the hold-time period. During this time, EFM-OAM continues to negotiate with the peer if possible, but will not transition to the “up” state until the hold time has expired.
If EFM-OAM goes down due to a lower-level fault (for example, the port goes down and EFM-OAM enters the link-fault state), the hold timer is not triggered. When the lower-level fault is cleared, EFM-OAM immediately starts running on the port and transitions to the operational state as soon as possible.
If EFM-OAM goes down because the user administratively disables the protocol, EFM-OAM immediately transitions to the disabled state. When the user re-enables EFM-OAM, the protocol enters the hold time period and EFM-OAM is not operational until the hold time expires.
A hold-time value of 0 indicates that EFM-OAM returns to the operational state without delay.
The hold time affects only the transition from a non-operational state to an operational state; it does not apply to a transition from an operational state to a non-operational state.
This command configures the mode of OAM operation for this Ethernet port.
Active mode causes the port to initiate the negotiation process and continually send out efm-oam information PDUs. Passive mode waits for the peer to initiate the negotiation process. A passive mode port cannot initiate monitoring activities (such as loopback) with the peer.
active
This command configures the transmit interval of OAMPDUs.
This command enables EFM OAMPDU tunneling. OAMPDU tunneling is required when a loopback is initiated from a router end and must be transported over the existing network infrastructure to the other end. Enabling tunneling will allow the PDUs to be mapped to Epipes so that the OAM frames can be tunneled over MPLS to the far end.
To enable Ethernet EFM OAM 802.3ah on the port, use the efm-oam>no shutdown command.
The no form of the command disables tunneling.
This command configures the rate of traffic leaving the network.
On the 7705 SAR-M GPON module and the 7705 SAR-W using a GPON SFP interface, this command configures the rate of traffic leaving the GPON port. The egress-rate for the GPON port must be configured to match the traffic management parameters provisioned across the PON. These parameters can be viewed via TL1 on the OLT.
The no form of this command returns the value to the default.
no egress-rate
This command configures the encapsulation method used to distinguish customer traffic on an Ethernet or DSL access port, network v-port, GPON port, or different VLANs on a network port.
Before an MPR-e radio can be configured on an MWA port (see radio), the port must have an encapsulation type of dot1q.
The qinq encapsulation type is not supported by a v-port, or by DSL or GPON modules on the 7705 SAR-M. However, qinq encapsulation is supported by the DSL block on the 7705 SAR-Wx.
The no form of this command restores the default.
See also dot1q-etype and qinq-etype for information on tagging and encapsulation.
null
This command configures port link dampening timers, which reduce the number of link transitions reported to upper layer protocols.
The hold-time value is used to dampen interface transitions.
When an interface transitions from an up state to a down state, interface down transitions are not advertised to upper layers until the hold-time-down interval has expired. Likewise, when an interface transitions from a down state to an up state, interface up transitions are not advertised until the hold-time-up interval has expired.
Note that if the hold-time-down or hold-time-up value is 0, interface down and interface up transitions are immediately reported to upper layer protocols.
The no form of this command reverts to the default values.
down 0 or up 0 — no port link dampening is enabled; link transitions are immediately reported to upper layer protocols
This command configures a policing action to rate-limit the ingress traffic. Ingress-rate enforcement uses dedicated hardware for rate limiting, however software configuration is required at the port level (ingress-rate limiter) to ensure that the network processor or adapter card or port never receives more traffic than they are optimized for.
The configured ingress rate ensures that the network processor does not receive traffic greater than this configured value on a per-port basis. Once the ingress-rate value is reached, all subsequent frames are dropped. The ingress-rate limiter drops excess traffic without classifying whether the traffic has a higher or lower priority.
Similar to the egress-rate configuration, the ingress-rate configuration survives port mode changes. If a port mode is changed (for example, from access to network mode), the ingress rate and configured CBS still remain when the port comes back up.
The no form of this command returns the value to the default.
no ingress-rate
Note:
CBS is integrated with the ingress-rate command and you must always specify the CBS size every time you configure the ingress rate. If you use the default CBS size, then explicitly indicate that it is the CBS default. |
This command sends a notification to slow down the transmission rate when it exceeds the bandwidth limit. If incoming traffic exceeds the configured ingress rate, an src-pause frame is sent to the far end to hold transmission (src-pause delay timer). When the src-pause delay timer expires, the far end resumes transmission. The src-pause delay timer varies based on the difference between the incoming traffic rate and the configured ingress rate on the port. If the difference is large, then the far end must wait for a longer period before resuming transmission. The src-pause frame helps to prioritize far-end traffic so that the ingress-rate limiter does not drop high-priority traffic.
The ingress-rate limiter can be configured with or without src-pause; however, src-pause is disabled whenever the ingress-rate limiter is disabled.
The no form of this command disables the src-pause feature.
no src-pause
This command enables LACP packet tunneling for the Ethernet port, DSL port, or GPON port. When tunneling is enabled, the port does not process any LACP packets, but tunnels them instead. A port with LACP packet tunneling enabled cannot be added as a member of a Link Aggregation Group (LAG).
The no form of this command disables LACP packet tunneling for the Ethernet port, DSL port, or GPON port.
no lacp-tunnel
This command configures timed line loopbacks on Ethernet and GPON network and access ports, timed line loopbacks on ring Ethernet network ports, untimed line loopbacks on Ethernet and GPON access ports, and timed and untimed internal loopbacks on Ethernet ports, DSL ports, and GPON ports.
For Ethernet and GPON ports, a line loopback loops frames received on the corresponding port back towards the transmit (egress) direction inside the network processor. Line loopbacks are supported on ports configured in network or access mode.
You can swap the source and destination MAC addresses of the received frames using the swap-src-dst-mac keyword. The swap-src-dst-mac keyword is not supported on ring Ethernet ports, GPON ports or DSL ports.
An internal loopback loops the frames that are coming in an egress direction from the fabric towards the framer, back to the fabric. This type of loopback is usually referred to as an equipment loopback. Internal loopbacks are supported on ports configured in access mode.
Loopback timers can be configured for 30 s to 86400 s. All non-zero timed loopbacks are turned off under the following conditions: an adapter card reset, DSL module reset, GPON module reset, an activity switch, or timer expiry. Line or internal loopbacks can also be configured as a latched loopback by setting the timer to 0 s, or as a persistent loopback with the persistent keyword. The persistent keyword is not supported on GPON ports or DSL ports.
Latched and persistent loopbacks are enabled indefinitely until turned off by the user. Latched loopbacks survive adapter card resets and activity switches, but are lost if there is a system restart. Persistent loopbacks survive adapter card resets and activity switches and can survive a system restart if the admin-save or admin-save-detail command was executed prior to the restart. Latched (untimed) persistent loopbacks can be enabled only on Ethernet access ports.
If a loopback exists on a port, it must be disabled or the timer must expire before another loopback can be configured on the same port. An Ethernet or DSL loopback cannot be configured on a port that has EFM-OAM enabled on it; EFM-OAM cannot be enabled on a port that has an Ethernet loopback enabled on it. EFM-OAM is not supported on GPON ports.
Persistent loopbacks are the only Ethernet loopbacks saved to the database by the admin-save and admin-save-detail commands.
The no form of this command disables the specified type of loopback.
This command assigns a specific MAC address to an Ethernet port, ring Ethernet port, v-port, DSL port, or GPON port. When the command is issued while the port is operational, IP will issue an ARP, if appropriate, and BPDUs are sent with the new MAC address.
The no form of this command returns the MAC address to the default value.
a default MAC address is assigned by the system
This command configures an Ethernet port, DSL port, or GPON port for access, network, or hybrid mode operation, or configures a ring Ethernet port or v-port for network mode. On ring Ethernet ports and the v-port, the mode is always network and cannot be changed.
An access port is used for customer-facing traffic on which services are configured. A Service Access Point (SAP) can only be configured on an access port or channel. Once an Ethernet, DSL, or GPON port has been configured for access mode, multiple services can be configured on it.
A network port participates in the service provider transport or infrastructure network when network mode is selected.
A hybrid Ethernet port allows the combination of network and access modes of operation on a per-VLAN basis and must be configured for either dot1q or qinq encapsulation.
A hybrid port must use dot1q encapsulation to be configured as a network IP interface. Binding a network IP interface to a qinq encapsulation is blocked. In hybrid mode, qinq encapsulation is for access mode use only.
If the hybrid port is configured for dot1q encapsulation, the user configures a SAP inside a service or a network IP interface as follows:
If the hybrid port is configured for qinq encapsulation, the user configures a SAP inside a service as follows:
The no form of this command restores the default.
access (except as listed below) network (for 10-port 1GigE/1-port 10GigE X-Adapter cards, 2-port 10GigE (Ethernet) Adapter cards, 2-port 10GigE (Ethernet) modules, DSL modules, and GPON modules)
This command configures the maximum payload MTU size for an Ethernet port, v-port on Ethernet Ring adapter card, DSL, or GPON port (for ring Ethernet ports, the MTU value is fixed at 9728 bytes).
The port-level MTU parameter indirectly defines the largest physical packet the port can transmit or the far-end Ethernet port can receive. Packets to be transmitted over a given port that are larger than the MTU of the port will be fragmented or discarded, depending on whether the DF bit is set in the packet header.
If the port mode or encapsulation type is changed, the MTU assumes the default values of the new mode or encapsulation type.
The no form of this command restores the default values.
The default MTU value depends on the port type, mode, and encapsulation as listed in Table 18.
Port Type | Mode | Encap Type | Default (bytes) | Max MTU (bytes) |
10/100 Ethernet 1 | Access/ Network | null | 1514 | 9724 2 |
dot1q | 1518 | 9728 2 | ||
qinq 3 | 1522 (access only) | 9732 (access only) 2 | ||
GigE SFP 1 and 10-GigE SFP+ | Access/ Network | null | 1514 (access) 1572 (network) | 9724 (access and network) |
dot1q | 1518 (access) 1572 (network) | 9728 (access and network) | ||
qinq 3 | 1522 (access only) | 9732 (access only) | ||
Ring port | Network | null | 9728 (fixed) | 9728 (fixed) |
v-port (on Ring adapter card) | Network | null | 1572 | 9724 |
dot1q | 1572 | 9728 | ||
DSL: SHDSL bonding (7705 SAR-M) | Access/ Network | null | 1514 (access) 1572 (network) | 2044 |
dot1q | 1518 (access) 1572 (network) | 2048 | ||
DSL: xDSL bonding (7705 SAR-M) | Access/ Network | null | 1514 (access) 1572 (network) | 1996 |
dot1q | 1518 (access) 1572 (network) | 2000 | ||
DSL: xDSL bonding (7705 SAR-Wx) | Access/ Network | null | 1514 (access) 1572 (network) | 1996 |
dot1q | 1518 (access) 1572 (network) | 2000 | ||
qinq 3 | 1522 (access only) | 2000 (access only) | ||
GPON | Access/Network | null | 1514 (access) 1572 (network) | 2000 |
dot1q | 1518 (access) 1572 (network) | 2000 |
Notes:
This command configures the 1000Base-T physical layer transmit clock. The mode affects the establishment of the master-slave relationship between two ports sharing a link segment during auto-negotiation. The master port uses a local clock to determine the timing of transmitter operations. The slave port recovers the clock from the signal it receives and uses the signal to determine the timing of transmitter operations. For ports that do not support 1000Base-T, the value defaults to N/A and cannot be changed.
The phy-tx-clock configuration is supported on SFP ports whether or not the SFP is inserted. The phy-tx-clock command applies only to copper-based RJ-45 synchronous Ethernet ports. The command can be used on an SFP port that supports fiber and copper, but the command has no effect if a fiber SFP is installed.
The proper value must be set to ensure that the synchronous Ethernet clock relay is correctly configured. See the 7705 SAR OS Basic System Configuration Guide for more information about synchronous Ethernet.
The default value for the MWA 1000Base-T Ethernet ports on the Packet Microwave Adapter card is master. On other adapter cards, the default value is auto-pref-slave for ports that support 1000Base-T Ethernet connections. The default value is n/a for ports that do not support 1000Base-T Ethernet connections.
The poe command enables an RJ-45 port that is Power over Ethernet (PoE) capable to deliver power to a “Powered Device” at levels compatible with the IEEE 802.3af standard.
The poe plus command enables an RJ-45 port that is PoE+ capable to deliver power to a “Powered Device” at levels compatible with the IEEE 802.3at standard.
On the 7705 SAR-H and 7705 SAR-Hc, a PoE-capable port can be configured for PoE and PoE+. On the 7705 SAR-W and 7705 SAR-Wx, a PoE-capable port only supports PoE+ and can only be enabled using the poe plus command.
On the 7705 SAR-H, before a port can be configured for either PoE or PoE+, the PoE power source option must first be configured as either internal or external using the config>system>poe-power-source command; refer to the 7705 SAR OS Basic System Configuration Guide, “System Command Reference”, for information.
When the 7705 SAR-H is configured for the internal power source option, PoE capability is allowed on ports 5 and 6 only. Port 5 can be configured for PoE+ but in that case, port 6 cannot support PoE. When the system is configured for the external power source option, a mix of PoE and PoE+ is allowed on ports 5, 6, 7, and 8. PoE+ is supported only on ports 5 and 7. Table 19 describes the allowed mix of PoE and PoE+ ports on the 7705 SAR-H.
PoE Power Supply Source | Port 5 | Port 6 | Port 7 | Port 8 | Supported PoE/PoE+ Combinations |
Internal | PoE | PoE | No PoE | No PoE | Two PoE ports |
Internal | PoE+ | No PoE | No PoE | No PoE | One PoE+ port |
External | PoE | PoE | PoE | PoE | Four PoE ports |
External | PoE | PoE | PoE+ | PoE | Three PoE ports and one PoE+ port |
External | PoE+ | No PoE | PoE+ | PoE | One PoE port and two PoE+ ports |
On the 7705 SAR-Hc, ports 5 and 6 each support PoE and PoE+. If configured for PoE, both ports can be used for PoE simultaneously. Both ports are also capable of supporting PoE+ but not simultaneously; if one port is configured for PoE+, the other port can only be configured for PoE. Ports 5 and 6 can also operate in non-PoE mode.
On the 7705 SAR-W, ports 4 and 5 support PoE+. Both ports can operate in non-PoE+ mode. On the 7705 SAR-Wx, port 5 (the RJ-45 port labeled PoE) supports PoE+. The port can also operate in non-PoE+ mode
To disable PoE/PoE+ on a port and prevent it from delivering power, use the no form of the command. Performing a shutdown command on the port does not disable PoE/PoE+ on the port.
n/a
This command configures the PTP asymmetry delay delta on an Ethernet port. The command corrects for known asymmetry for time of day/phase recovery of PTP packets on both local and downstream PTP slave clocks as well as on end-to-end transparent clocks.
This command specifies the Ethertype expected when the port’s encapsulation type is qinq. The qinq-etype value sets the Ethertype for the outer VLAN tag when qinq encapsulation is used.
IEEE 802.1ad (also known as VLAN stacking) defines a process to channelize a single Ethernet port or v-port into double-tagged VLANs. Each VLAN can represent a customer or an application. Each tag allows for up to 4096 VLANs to be configured on a port (4096 × 4096 total). For more information on VLANs and VLAN tagging, refer to “VLL Services” in the 7705 SAR OS Services Guide.
The Ethertype specifies the protocol being carried in an Ethernet frame. In 802.1q, the Ethertype is set to the Tag Protocol Identifier (TPID) value of 0x8100, which identifies the frame as an IEEE 802.1Q-tagged frame. As well, 2 bytes of Tag Control Information (TCI), followed by 2 bytes containing the frame’s original Ethertype are added to the frame for each tag (4 bytes total). Together, the TPID and TCI make up a VLAN tag.
The qinq-etype command is not supported by a v-port, or by DSL or GPON modules on the 7705 SAR-M. However, qinq-etype is supported by the DSL block on the 7705 SAR-Wx.
Network ports do not allow qinq-etype settings.
The no form of this command reverts the qinq-etype value to the default.
0x8100
This command specifies when and if to generate alarms and alarm clear notifications for this port.
The command applies only to the physical 10GigE ports on the 6-port Ethernet 10Gbps Adapter card, 2-port 10GigE (Ethernet) Adapter card, and 2-port 10GigE (Ethernet) module, and on the 10-port 1GigE/1-port 10GigE X-Adapter card in 1-port 10GigE mode (select x1-10GigE-sf+ with the mda-mode command).
This command configures the port speed of an Ethernet port, ring Ethernet port, or v-port when autonegotiation is disabled.
100
2500 on a v-port (this default cannot be changed)
10000 on a ring Ethernet port (this default cannot be changed)
10000 on a 6-port Ethernet 10Gbps Adapter card
This command enables the Ethernet Synchronization Message Channel (ESMC) capability on a synchronous Ethernet port on the 8-port Ethernet Adapter card, version 2, the 6-port Ethernet 10Gbps Adapter card, the 8-port Gigabit Ethernet Adapter card, the 2-port 10GigE (Ethernet) Adapter card, the 2-port 10GigE (Ethernet) module, or the 10-port 1GigE/1-port 10GigE X-Adapter card. This command also enables ESMC capability on the Packet Microwave Adapter card, or on a DSL module port on the 7705 SAR-M. The ssm command is enabled and disabled using the no shutdown and shutdown commands.
On the 2-port 10GigE (Ethernet) Adapter card and 2-port 10GigE (Ethernet) module, SSM frames received on the ring Ethernet ports are extracted for processing through the v-port. Therefore, the v-port must be active (that is, in no shutdown mode) in order for SSM to function. The v-port must also be active in order for the 2-port 10GigE (Ethernet) Adapter card or 2-port 10GigE (Ethernet) module to transmit SSM frames. No additional interface or IP configuration is required on the v-port for SSM.
shutdown
This command specifies whether to use SDH or SONET values for the encoding of synchronous status messages on a:
sdh
This command sets the quality level value transmitted from the Synchronization Status Messaging (SSM) channel of the following ports to QL-DUS/QL-DNU (do not use for synchronization for timing purposes):
The value depends on whether the port type is copper or fiber. The default value is:
This command associates a VLAN filter policy with an ingress ring port on the 2-port 10GigE (Ethernet) Adapter card or 2-port 10GigE (Ethernet) module.
Filter policies control the forwarding and dropping of packets based on matching criteria. Only one filter policy can be applied to a ring port at a time. The same filter policy can be applied to both ring ports.
The filter-id must already be defined before the vlan-filter command is executed. If the filter policy does not exist, the operation will fail and an error message will be displayed.
The no form of the command removes any configured filter ID association with the ring port. The filter policy cannot be deleted until it is removed from all ring ports where it is applied.
n/a
This command configures the specified 10-Gb/s interface in LAN or WAN mode. When configuring the port for WAN mode, you can change some SONET/SDH parameters to reflect the SONET/SDH requirements for this port. When you configure a port for LAN mode, all SONET/SDH parameters are predetermined and not configurable. The command is supported on the 6-port Ethernet 10Gbps Adapter card, 10-port 1GigE/1-port 10GigE X-Adapter card, 2-port 10GigE (Ethernet) Adapter card, and 2-port 10GigE (Ethernet) module.
On the 6-port Ethernet 10Gbps Adapter card, both 10-Gb/s interfaces (ports 5 and 6) operate in the same xgig mode, either LAN mode or WAN mode. Setting the xgig mode for either port sets the mode for both ports.
lan
This command configures an Ethernet XOR port (port 1 to 4) on the 7705 SAR-A to operate as either an 10/100/1000 Base-T electrical RJ-45 port (port 1A to 4A) or as a 100/1000 SFP port (port 1B to 4B). The interface type can be configured on each port independently.
rj45
This command enables the context to configure DSL port attributes on an 8-port xDSL module or 6-port DSL Combination module.
This command configures a DSL port to support POTS or ISDN non-overlapped spectrum over ADSL2+, in accordance with ITU G.992.5 Annex A and B. This command is supported on the two xDSL ports on the 6-port DSL Combination module and on any port on the 8-port xDSL module configured for xDSL.
g992-5-a
This command configures ATM PVC for traffic on DSL lines in ADSL2 or ADSL2+ bonded ATM mode.
This command configures a DSL line.
1 | Available for any DSL line |
2 | Reserved for xDSL on 6-port DSL Combination module |
4 | Reserved for SHDSL on 6-port DSL Combination module |
8 | Reserved for xDSL on 8-port xDSL module |
This command enters the context to perform GPON port configuration.
n/a
This command configures a permanent Subscriber Location ID (SLID). SLIDs can be configured in decimal, alphanumeric or hexadecimal format, but the SLID will always be displayed in hexadecimal format.
The no form of the command reverts to the default.
44:45:46:41:55:4C:54:00:00:00 / “DEFAULT”
This command enters the context to perform GPS RF port configuration.
n/a
This command configures the expected signal delay resulting from the length of the antenna cable.
0
This command configures the elevation mask angle. It provides a method of filtering satellites to be used by the system.
10
This command enables access to the context to configure port-specific 802.1x authentication attributes on an Ethernet port.
This command configures the maximum number of times that the 7705 SAR will send an access request RADIUS message to the RADIUS server. If a reply is not received from the RADIUS server after the specified number of attempts, the 802.1x authentication process is considered to have failed.
The no form of this command returns the value to the default.
2
This command configures the 802.1x authentication mode.
The no form of this command returns the value to the default.
force-auth
This command configures the time between two authentication sessions during which no EAPOL frames are sent by the 7705 SAR.
The no form of this command returns the value to the default.
30
This command configures the RADIUS policy to be used for 802.1x authentication. An 802.1x RADIUS policy must be configured (under config>system>security>dot1x) before it can be associated with a port. If the RADIUS policy ID does not exist, an error is returned. Only one 802.1x RADIUS policy can be associated with a port at a time.
The no form of this command removes the RADIUS policy association.
no radius-plcy
This command configures the number of seconds the system will wait before performing reauthentication. This value is only relevant if reauthentication is enabled with the re-authentication command.
The no form of this command returns the value to the default.
3600
This command enables or disables periodic 802.1x reauthentication.
When reauthentication is enabled, the 7705 SAR will reauthenticate clients on the port after waiting the number of seconds defined by the re-auth-period command.
The no form of this command disables 802.1x reauthentication.
no re-authentication
This command configures the time during which the 7705 SAR waits for the RADIUS server to responds to its access request message. When this timer expires, the 7705 SAR will resend the access request message, up to the number of times specified by the max-auth-req command.
The no form of this command returns the value to the default.
30
This command configures the time the 7705 SAR waits for a client to respond to its EAPOL messages. When the supplicant timeout period expires, the 802.1x authentication session is considered to have failed.
The no form of this command returns the value to the default.
30
This command configures the time after which the 7705 SAR sends a new EAPOL request message.
The no form of this command returns the value to the default.
30
Refer to the 7705 SAR OS Basic System Configuration Guide, “System Management”, for LLDP system commands.
This command enables the context to configure LLDP parameters on the specified port.
This command configures destination MAC address parameters.
This command specifies the administratively desired status of the local LLDP agent.
disabled
This command enables LLDP notifications.
The no form of the command disables LLDP notifications.
no notification
This command specifies which management address to transmit. The 7705 SAR can only be configured to send or not send the system address.
If the no form of the command is used, the port will not include the system management address TLV in any LLDPDUs it transmits.
no tx-mgmt-address
This command specifies which LLDP optional TLVs to transmit.
If the no form of the command is used, the port will not include any optional TLVs in any LLDPDUs it transmits.
no tx-tlvs
This command disables MAC address aging across an Ethernet ring.
As is the case for a Layer 2 switch, learned MACs can be aged out if no packets are sourced from the MAC address for a period of time (the aging time). In each ring, there are independent aging timers for local learned MAC and remote learned MAC entries in the FDB. The disable-aging command turns off aging for local and remote learned MAC addresses.
The no form of this command enables aging on the ring.
no disable-aging
This command disables learning of new MAC addresses in the ring FDB.
When disable-learning is enabled, new source MAC addresses will not be entered in the ring FDB. This is true for both local and remote MAC addresses.
When disable-learning is disabled, new source MAC addresses will be learned and entered into the ring FDB.
This parameter is mainly used in conjunction with the discard-unknown-source command.
The no form of this command enables learning of MAC addresses.
no disable-learning
This command specifies that packets with an unknown source MAC address received on a ring port will be dropped if the source MAC is not already in the FDB (that is, the source MAC was not learned before the discard-unknown-source command was enabled or is not a static entry already created for the packet MAC).
When disabled, the packets are flooded to the other ring port or forwarded to the v-port (if the packets are addressed to the v-port).
The no form of this command disables discard-unknown-source.
no discard-unknown-source
This command specifies the upper threshold value for learned FDB entries. The high-water-mark is configured as a percentage of the FDB. When the number of FDB entries exceeds the high-water-mark, the system raises a log event.
The no form of this command returns the maximum FDB table high-water-mark to the default (95%).
no fdb-table-high-wmark
This command specifies the maximum number of MAC entries in the dynamic FDB for the ring.
The no form of this command returns the maximum FDB table size to the default (512).
no fdb-table-size
This command keeps MAC address information that has been learned from a source frame in the FDB until the expiry of the mac-aging timer, which is specified using the remote-age command). If a MAC address is pinned and a frame with an existing source MAC address is received from the other ring port, the FDB entry is not altered—the address that was learned from the first source frame is preserved until the expiry of the aging timer. If the aging timer is disabled, then the MAC address remains pinned until the timer is enabled again.
The no form of this command disables mac-pinning.
no mac-pinning
This command specifies the aging time for remotely learned MAC addresses in the FDB.
As is the case for a Layer 2 switch, learned MAC addresses can be aged out if no packets are sourced from the MAC address for a period of time (the aging time). The remote-age timer specifies the aging time for remotely learned MAC addresses.
The no form of this command returns the remote aging timer to the default value (900 s).
no remote-age
This command creates a local static MAC entry in the FDB for the specified port. The maximum number of static MAC addresses per ring adapter card is 256.
Static MAC definitions on one edge device are not propagated to other edge devices; that is, each edge device has an independent FDB.
Only one static MAC entry (local or remote) can be defined per MAC address per instance.
By default, no static MAC address entries are defined.
The no form of this command deletes the static MAC entry with the specified MAC address associated with the port from the FDB.
This command enables the context to configure RS-232, V.35, or X.21 parameters for a port on a channelized 12-port Serial Data Interface card, or to configure RS-232 parameters for an RS-232 port on the 7705 SAR-Hc or on the 4-port T1/E1 and RS-232 Combination module. This context cannot be accessed by any other card.
A serial port configuration allows some or all of the bandwidth to be dedicated to a port by aggregating a number of DS0s into a single bundle.
Serial data transmission rates below the rate of a single DS0, that is, less than 64 kb/s, are achieved using a proprietary protocol called High Capacity Multiplexing (HCM). These speeds, known as subrate speeds, are supported only on RS-232 and X.21 ports.
n/a
This command enables the context to configure RS-232 parameters for a channel. Once one of the three ports on a connector has been configured for an RS-232 channel, the other two ports on the connector can only be configured for RS-232.
The no form of this command deletes the RS-232 channel.
n/a
This command enables the context to configure V.35 parameters for a channel. Once one of the three ports on a connector has been configured for a V.35 channel, the other two ports on the connector can only be configured for V.35. The no form of this command deletes the V.35 channel.
n/a
This command enables the context to configure X.21 parameters for a channel. When one of the three ports on a connector has been configured for an X.21 channel, the other two ports on the connector can only be configured for X.21.
The no form of this command deletes the X.21 channel.
n/a
This command configures the number of data bits used to transmit a character. This command is valid only if device-mode is asynchronous. The value for this command cannot be 8 if the value for parity is anything other than no parity (that is, anything other than none) and the value for stop-bits is 2.
8
This command configures the source of the transmit clock. This command is valid only if device-mode is synchronous, and only the slave mode is supported.
slave
Attached Device Gender | Circuit Gender | Transmit Clock Option | Description | ||
DTE* | DCE** | DTE* | DCE** | ||
√ |
| √ | Slave | DCE slave — the transmit and receive clocks are derived from the BRG locked to the system timing | |
√ | √ | Slave | DTE slave — the transmit clock and the receive clock are supplied by the attached DCE device (this is the default mode) | ||
* Data Terminal Equipment ** Data Communications Equipment |
This command enables access to the context to configure the input and output leads that carry control signals. Control signals provide the handshaking for call setup, tear-down, and synchronization.
n/a
This command enables access to the context to configure the input control leads.
n/a
This command enables access to the context to configure the output control leads.
n/a
This command configures the Data Terminal Ready (DTR) or Data Set Ready (DSR) input control lead. The input signal that is sent depends on the device-gender setting. For a DCE device, the input signal is DTR. For a DTE device, the input signal is DSR.
This command is valid only for RS-232 and V.35 interfaces.
high
This command configures the Request To Send (RTS) or Data Carrier Detect (DCD) input control lead. The input signal that is sent depends on the device-gender setting. For a DCE device, the input signal is RTS. For a DTE device, the input signal is DCD.
This command is valid only for RS-232 and V.35 interfaces.
high
This command configures the Analog Loopback (ALB) or Clear To Send (CTS) input control lead. The input signal that is sent depends on the device-gender setting. For a DCE device, the input signal is ALB. For a DTE device, the input signal is CTS.
This command is valid only for RS-232 and V.35 interfaces.
high
This command configures the Remote Digital Loopback (RDL) or Ring Indicator (RI) input control lead. The input signal that is sent depends on the device-gender setting. For a DCE device, the input signal is RDL. For a DTE device, the input signal is RI.
This command is valid only for an RS-232 interface.
high
This command configures the Control (C) or Indication (I) input control lead. The input signal that is sent depends on the device-gender setting. For a DCE device, the input signal is C. For a DTE device, the input signal is I.
This command is valid only for an X.21 interface.
high
This command configures the Data Set Ready (DSR) or Data Terminal Ready (DTR) output control lead. The output signal that is sent depends on the device-gender setting. For a DCE device, the outputs signal is DSR. For a DTE device, the output signal is DTR.
This command is valid only for RS-232 and V.35 interfaces.
high
This command configures the Data Carrier Detect (DCD) or Request To Send (RTS) output control lead. The output signal that is sent depends on the device-gender setting. For a DCE device, the output signal is DCD. For a DTE device, the output signal is RTS.
This command is valid only for RS-232 and V.35 interfaces.
high
This command configures the Clear To Send (CTS) or Analog Loopback (ALB) output control lead. The output signal that is sent depends on the device-gender setting. For a DCE device, the output signal is CTS. For a DTE device, the output signal is ALB.
This command is valid only for RS-232 and V.35 interfaces.
high
This command configures the Ring Indicator (RI) or Remote Digital Loopback (RDL) output control lead. The output signal that is sent depends on the device-gender setting. For a DCE device, the output signal is RI. For a DTE device, the output signal is RDL.
This command is valid only for an RS-232 interface.
high
This command configures the Indication (I) or Control (C) output control lead. The output signal that is sent depends on the device-gender setting. For a DCE device, the output signal is I. For a DTE device, the output signal is C.
This command is valid only for an X.21 interface.
high
This command configures the HCM data start position for the RS-232 or X.21 interface.
When s-bit-signaling is on, the F0-B6 option is blocked. When the data position is set to F0-B6, S-bit signaling cannot be turned on.
This command is only valid for ports configured for subrate speeds.
Note:
The HCM frame (10-row by 8-column matrix) cannot be displayed on the CLI. |
F0-B5
This command configures the gender of the device.
Data and control signals are transmitted and received over wire pairs. The gender of a device indicates which wire in the pair is used to send and receive the signal.
On SDI ports, the data and control signals are electrically wired as DCE. Regardless of the gender configured, the Tx pin on the port is always an input pin and the Rx pin on the port is always an output pin. Changing an SDI port from DCE to DTE does not change the pin orientation. As such, when a port is configured as DTE, a cross-over cable is required in order to interconnect with some serial devices.
dce
This command configures the mode of operation for the device. An RS-232 or X.21 channel can be configured for either synchronous or asynchronous mode. Asynchronous mode is not supported on a V.35 channel; this channel can only be configured for synchronous mode.
Asynchronous mode is supported only on channels with subrate speeds of 38 400 b/s or less.
synchronous
This command configures the duplex mode. Half-duplex mode uses a single transmission path.
Full-duplex mode uses two independent transmission paths, one in each direction, allowing two connected devices to transmit and receive data simultaneously.
Half-duplex mode is not user-selectable; an error message is displayed if this option is selected. Half-duplex mode is selected automatically if multidrop data bridge is enabled (applies to RS-232 only).
full
This command configures the serial link dampening timers in 100s of milliseconds, which guards against reporting excessive interface transitions. Once implemented, subsequent transitions of the interface from one state to another are not advertised to upper layer protocols until the configured timer has expired.
no hold-time
This command puts the specified interface into a loopback mode. The corresponding interface must be in a shutdown state in order for the loopback mode to be enabled.
In the serial context, a bidirectional loopback B or E may be configured. A bidirectional loopback is a circuit loopback that loops traffic from the line back to the line and simultaneously loops traffic from the system back to the system. Bidirectional loopback B takes place on the control card (CSM) side of the adapter card, and is closer to the system. Loopback E takes place on the data device side of the adapter card, and is closer to the line.
This command is not saved in the system configuration between boots.
The no form of this command disables loopback on the interface.
no loopback
This command configures the multidrop data bridge (MDDB) mode. MDDB is a polling scheme used on SCADA networks (supervisory or control systems used in utility, oil and gas, and other vertical applications) to communicate with multiple remote terminal units (RTUs) over a single RS-232 link.
In an MDDB, several circuits take turns using the same bandwidth to communicate with one circuit. Each slave device transmits data in that bandwidth when requested by the master device. The master device sends polling messages to, and looks for data from, the slave devices in that bandwidth.
One example of a multidrop data bridge is several terminals taking turns to communicate with a host computer. The circuit that all the other circuits communicate with is connected to a master device (a computer) and is designated the master; the rest of the circuits are connected to slave devices (terminals) and are designated slaves.
When multidrop data bridge is enabled as slave, the duplex mode is automatically set to half-duplex and s-bit-signaling is forced off. When multidrop data bridge is disabled, the duplex mode is set back to the default of full-duplex and S-bit signaling is turned on (but can be set back to off).
The 12-port Serial Data Interface card on the 7705 SAR-8 or 7705 SAR-18 can act only as a slave device; the master device is the 3600 MainStreet node.
disabled
This command configures the parity bit in a character. Parity is an error detection method that adds an extra bit to each character, based on the number of 0s or 1s in the character.
This command is valid only if device-mode is asynchronous. The value for this command must be no parity (that is, none) if the character-length value is 8 and the stop-bits value is 2.
The no form of this command disables the parity bit in a character.
no parity
This command enables logging of HCM alarms for RS-232 and X.21 interfaces. HCM alarms are not generated for V.35 interfaces because those interfaces do not operate at subrate speeds.
The no form of this command disables the logging of the specified alarms.
This command configures the S-bit signaling option on the RS-232 or X.21 interface.
For RS-232 interfaces only, if multi-drop is configured as slave, the system automatically turns S-bit signaling off. The signaling mode cannot then be changed. If multi-drop is configured as disabled, the system automatically turns S-bit signaling on. When multi-drop is in disabled mode, S-bit signaling can be turned off or on.
This command is only valid for ports configured for subrate speeds.
on
This command configures the speed of the interface.The speed also determines the DS0 timeslots assigned to the channel group.
The 600 b/s value is valid for RS-232 interfaces only. The maximum speed for an RS-232 interface is 56 000 b/s.
X.21 interfaces support speeds from 1200 b/s to 1920 kb/s.
V.35 interfaces support speeds from 64 kb/s to 1920 kb/s. V.35 interfaces do not support subrate speeds.
Rates of 56 000 b/s and greater are valid only if the device-mode is set to synchronous.
9600 (RS-232)
64k (X.21 and V.35)
This command configures the number of stop bits used to signify the end of a character.
This command is valid only if the device-mode is asynchronous.
This command cannot have a value of 2 if the character-length value is 8 and the parity value is anything other than no parity (that is, anything other than none).
1
This command creates a DS0 channel group on a channelized RS-232, V.35, or X.21 circuit.
Channel groups cannot be further subdivided.
The no form of this command deletes the specified RS-232, V.35, or X.21 channel group.
n/a
This command configures the precision of the cyclic redundancy check. The command is valid only if the encap-type is frame-relay or ipcp.
16
This command configures the encapsulation method used for the channel group.
When encap-type is specified, the channel group must be deleted before encap-type can be changed.
The frame-relay, ipcp, hdlc, and cisco-hdlc encapsulation types are not supported on the RS-232 interface or on ports with subrate speeds (below 64 kb/s).
The no form of this command restores the default value.
no encap-type
This command defines the value to be transmitted by the channel group during its idle cycle. The command is valid only if the encap-type is frame-relay or ipcp.
flags
This command defines the data pattern to be transmitted when the circuit emulation service is not operational or temporarily experiences underrun conditions.
This command is valid only if encap-type is cem.
The no form of this command restores the default value.
all ones
This command configures a serial port for access mode operation. Serial ports do not support network mode; if the user selects the network option, the CLI returns an error message.
An access port or channel is used for customer-facing traffic on which services are configured. SAPs can only be configured on an access port or channel. When a serial port is configured for access mode, multiple services can be configured on the port.
access
This command defines the maximum MTU size that the channel group can support. The command is valid only if the encap-type is frame-relay or ipcp.
1514 for frame relay
1502 for ipcp
This command enables access to the context to configure the LCP operational parameters for a V.35 or X.21 channel group. This command is available only if the encap-type is set to ipcp and therefore does not apply to RS-232 ports or to X.21 ports configured for subrate speeds.
The no form of the command removes the LCP operational parameters.
no ppp
This command enables the sending of keepalive messages and configures the time between messages and how many messages can be missed before the link is brought down.The no form of this command disables the sending of keepalive messages.
keepalive 10 dropcount 3
This command enables access to the context to configure SONET/SDH ports. This context can only be used when configuring an OC3 or STM1 port on an appropriate adapter card.
This command configures the clock for transmitted data from either the internal clock or from a clock recovered from the line’s receive data stream.
node-timed
This command specifies the SONET/SDH framing to be either SONET or SDH.
sonet
This command configures the SONET/SDH group payload on a 2-port OC3/STM1 Channelized Adapter card.
n/a
This command configures SONET link dampening timers in 100s of milliseconds, to guard against reporting excessive interface transitions. Once implemented, subsequent transitions of the interface from one state to another are not advertised to upper layer protocols until the configured timer has expired.
no hold-time
This command activates a loopback on the SONET/SDH port. The SONET port must be in a shutdown state to activate any type of loopback. The loopback setting is never saved to the generated/saved configuration file.
Note:
Loopback mode changes on a SONET/SDH port can affect traffic on the remaining ports. |
no loopback
This command enables logging of SONET/SDH line and section alarms for a SONET/SDH port.
The no form of this command disables logging of the specified alarms.
This command configures the section trace bytes in the SONET section header to interoperate with some older versions of ADMs or regenerators that require an incremental STM ID. You can explicitly configure an incremental STM value rather than a static one in the SDH overhead by specifying an increment-z0 value.
The increment-z0 parameter is not supported on the 4-port OC3/STM1 Channelized Adapter card.
byte 0x1
This command configures the speed of a SONET/SDH port. To change the port speed, the port must be administratively shut down and all channels must be removed. When the port speed is changed, the default channel configuration is recreated.
This option is available, but may not be configured, since only one speed type is supported.
The no form of this command reverts back to the default value.
oc3
This command configures the line signal (b2) degradation bit error rate (BER) and line signal failure thresholds.
Alarms are raised if the line signal bit interleaved parity error rates exceed either the degradation or failure thresholds. If the failure threshold is crossed, the link will be set to operationally down.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
threshold ber-sd 6 - signal degrade BER threshold of 10-6
threshold ber-sf 3 - signal failure BER threshold of 10-3
This command allows the Quality Level (QL) value transmitted from the Synchronization Status Messaging (SSM) channel of a SONET/SDH port to be set to QL-DUS/QL-DNU (do not use for synchronization for timing purposes).
no tx-dus
This command defines the SONET/SDH path.
The no form of this command removes the specified SONET/SDH path.
no index
On the 4-port OC3/STM1 Clear Channel Adapter card, sonet-sdh-index is optional; if used, the value must be sts3.
Syntax: sts1-x.x
This command specifies a cyclic redundancy check on the SONET/SDH path on a 4-port OC3/STM1 Clear Channel Adapter card.
32 (if the encap-type is set to atm; this default cannot be changed)
16 (if the encap-type is set to ppp-auto; port is configured for POS)
This command configures the encapsulation method used to distinguish customer traffic on a SONET/SDH path on a 4-port OC3/STM1 Clear Channel Adapter card.
The encap-type of atm is used for access mode, and the encap-type of ppp-auto is used for network mode.
When encap-type is atm, the crc default of 32 cannot be changed.
When encap-type is atm, ATM sublayer verification specified in GR-1248-CORE, Generic Requirements for Operations of ATM Network Elements, is automatically enabled. The result of the verification includes:
To change the encap-type, the path must first be removed and then recreated with the new encap-type. For example, to change the encap-type from atm to ppp-auto:
config>port>sonet-sdh>path# back
config>port>sonet-sdh# no path
config>port>sonet-sdh# path
config>port>sonet-sdh>path# mode network
config>port>sonet-sdh>path# encap-type ppp-auto
config>port>sonet-sdh>path#
no encap-type
This command configures the mode of operation for a SONET/SDH port or channel on a 4-port OC3/STM1 Clear Channel Adapter card.
An access port or channel is used for customer-facing traffic on which services are configured. A Service Access Point (SAP) can only be configured on an access port or channel. When a port or channel is configured for access mode, the encap-type must be set to atm.
A network port or channel configured for Packet over SONET (POS) is used as an uplink to connect to the packet network and transport the configured services. When a port or channel is configured for network mode, the encap-type must be set to ppp-auto.
To change the mode, the path must first be removed and then recreated with the new mode. For example, to change the mode from access to network:
config>port>sonet-sdh>path# back
config>port>sonet-sdh# no path
config>port>sonet-sdh# path
config>port>sonet-sdh>path# mode network
config>port>sonet-sdh>path#
access
This command configures the maximum payload MTU size for a SONET/SDH port on a 4-port OC3/STM1 Clear Channel Adapter card. When encap-type is atm, the path MTU value cannot be changed. Refer to the 7705 SAR OS Services Guide, “Global Service Command Reference”, for information on configuring the path MTU.
The no form of this command restores the default value.
1524 (for access mode)
1572 (for network mode)
This command configures the SONET/SDH path on a 2-port OC3/STM1 Channelized Adapter card as an asynchronous circuit or a virtual tributary group.
n/a
This command enables access to the context to configure the Link Control Protocol (LCP) operational parameters for a Packet over Sonet (POS) Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) link on a 4-port OC3/STM1 Clear Channel Adapter card.
n/a
This command enables the sending of keepalive echo messages on a 4-port OC3/STM1 Clear Channel Adapter card and configures the time between messages and how many reports can be missed before the link is brought down.
The no form of this command disables the sending of echo requests.
keepalive 10 dropcount 3
This command enables logging of SONET/SDH path alarms for a SONET/SDH port.
The no form of this command disables logging of the specified alarms.
This command enables SONET/SDH payload scrambling on a 4-port OC3/STM1 Clear Channel Adapter card.
Scrambling randomizes the pattern of 1s and 0s carried in a SONET frame. Scrambling, or rearranging, the pattern prevents continuous strings of all 1s or all 0s and meets the needs of physical layer protocols that rely on sufficient transitions between 1s and 0s to maintain clocking.
For ATM, this command enables or disables ATM cell-level payload scrambling or descrambling using the x43+1 polynomial as defined in ITU-T I.432.1. Scrambling is enabled by default for the ATM path or channel. This scrambling is done in addition to SONET/SDH frame scrambling or descrambling, which is always enabled in the framer.
The no form of this command disables scrambling.
scramble
This command sets the C2 byte value. The purpose of this byte is to communicate the payload type being encapsulated by SONET framing.
0xcf
This command specifies that a J1-path-trace that identifies the circuit be continuously inserted at source. The specified trace string can be checked against the expected value by the receiver. If no trace string is entered, a null string is used.
The no form of this command resets the string to its default.
The default J1 value is ALU 7705 SAR. The value does not change when the encap-type changes. The J1 string contains all zeros for a non-provisioned path.
This command enables access to the context to configure network port parameters.
n/a
This command enables access to the context to assign network egress parameters.
n/a
This command assigns a shaper policy to the specified port.
The shaper policy defines shaper parameters such as shaper group, and PIR and CIR rates. The shaper policy is defined in the config>qos>shaper-policy context. Refer to the 7705 SAR OS Quality of Service Guide, “QoS for Hybrid Ports”, for more information.
Note:
|
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
“default”
This command sets the CIR rate for the aggregate of all the unshaped VLANs (that is, network interfaces) on the port. The default cir-rate is 0 kb/s. When the cir-rate is set to max, the CIR rate adopts the maximum rate of the port. The actual rate of the port is dictated by the physical port speed, which can be overwritten by egress-rate sub-rate command.
If the cir-rate is higher than the sub-rate, the cir-rate is stored in the configuration database but the sub-rate limit is used.
On the 7705 SAR-F and the 8-port Ethernet Adapter card, version 2, shaped and unshaped VLANs are arbitrated towards the port but egress-rate cannot be enabled.
This command is blocked on adapter cards with 4-priority-hqos scheduling mode (Gen-3 adapter cards).
The no form of the command sets the unshaped-if-cir CIR rate to 0 kb/s.
no unshaped-if-cir
This command specifies the network queue policy that defines queue parameters such as CBS-priority-only burst size, MBS, CIR, and PIR rates, as well as FC-to-queue mappings. The network queue policy is defined in the config>qos>network-queue context. Refer to the 7705 SAR OS Quality of Service Guide, “Network Queue QoS Policies”, for more information.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
“default”
This command selects the network-side scheduling option for the following:
On the 6-port Ethernet 10Gbps Adapter card, scheduler-mode is permanently set to support 4-priority-hqos and is not user-configurable. There is no keyword to configure 4-priority-hqos.
With profiled (or rate-based) scheduling, both in-profile and out-of-profile scheduling are supported. Packets with a flow rate that is less than or equal to the CIR value of a queue are scheduled as in-profile. Packets with a flow rate that exceeds the CIR value but is less than the PIR value of a queue are scheduled as out-of-profile. In-profile traffic has strict priority over out-of-profile traffic.
Profiled scheduling does not take queue type into consideration. With queue type-based scheduling, queues are divided into two categories – those that are serviced by the Expedited scheduler and those that are serviced by the Best Effort scheduler. The Expedited scheduler has precedence over the Best Effort scheduler.
Four-priority scheduling combines both profiled and queue type-based scheduling. The combination provides four scheduling priorities. Packets are scheduled in the following order, in strict priority fashion:
Note:
16-priority is the default scheduling option on the 8-port Gigabit Ethernet Adapter card, 10-port 1GigE/1-port 10GigE X-Adapter card, 2-port 10GigE (Ethernet) Adapter card, 2-port 10GigE (Ethernet) module, Packet Microwave Adapter card, 7705 SAR-M, 7705 SAR-H, 7705 SAR-Hc, 7705 SAR-A, 7705 SAR-W, and 7705 SAR-Wx Ethernet ports. These cards, modules, and ports support 16-priority scheduling, but not profiled or 4-priority scheduling. In addition, 16-priority scheduling is not supported on the 8-port Ethernet card. For information on 16-priority scheduling, refer to the 7705 SAR OS Quality of Service Guide, “QoS Policies“. |
profile —8-port Ethernet Adapter card
16-priority —8-port Gigabit Ethernet Adapter card, 10-port 1GigE/1-port 10GigE X-Adapter card, 2-port 10GigE (Ethernet) Adapter card, 2-port 10GigE (Ethernet) module, Packet Microwave Adapter card, 7705 SAR-A, 7705 SAR-F, 7705 SAR-H, 7705 SAR-Hc, 7705 SAR-M, 7705 SAR-W, and 7705 SAR-Wx Ethernet ports (cannot be changed)
Note:
Unless otherwise specified, references to multilink bundles refer to both multilink (MLPPP) bundles and IMA groups. |
This command creates the context to configure bundle properties for this bundle port.
n/a
This command sets the maximum length (in bytes) of a fragment transmitted across the specified MLPPP bundle or sets the length of a Tx frame across the specified IMA group bundle in ATM cells.
The no form of this command resets the fragment threshold back to the default value.
128
This command binds a channel group to a multilink bundle.
To bind a channel group to a multilink bundle, all the timeslots on the channel group must be allocated.
When you configure a channel group on the network side with ppp-auto encapsulation, the system automatically allocates all timeslots to the channel group. When you configure a channel group on the access side with IPCP encapsulation, the system does not automatically allocate all timeslots to the channel group. In order to use the port or channel group as a member in an multilink bundle, you must manually allocate all the timeslots to the channel group before adding it to the bundle.
On the 16-port T1/E1 ASAP Adapter card and 32-port T1/E1 ASAP Adapter card, up to 16 channel groups on network side ports and up to 8 channel groups on access side ports can be bound to a MLPPP bundle. Up to 16 channel groups can be bound to an IMA group on the access side. All channel groups must be from the same adapter card and of the same type (either E1 or DS1). On the 2-port OC3/STM1 Channelized Adapter card, up to 8 channel groups can be bound to a MLPPP bundle or IMA group. On the 4-port OC3/STM1 Channelized Adapter card, up to 8 channel groups on network side ports can be bound to a MLPPP bundle. All channel groups must be from the same port and of the same type (either E1 or DS1).
The no form of this command removes the specified channel group from the multilink bundle.
n/a
Syntax: slot/mda/port.channel
This command sets the minimum number of links that must be active for the bundle to be active.
If the number of active links drops below the configured minimum, then the multilink bundle will transition to an operationally down state.
The no form of this command removes the minimum link limit.
1
This command enables the context to configure MLPPP bundle attributes on a 2-port OC3/STM1 Channelized Adapter card, 4-port OC3/STM1 Channelized Adapter card, 16-port T1/E1 ASAP Adapter card, or 32-port T1/E1 ASAP Adapter card.
This command configures the endpoint-discriminator class and ID. The port must be shut down to modify the endpoint-discriminator parameters.
The no form of this command removes the configured parameters.
This command allows loopback detection to be enabled and disabled for MLPPP bundles. The command is disabled by default. When the magic number option is disabled, the magic number option will not be requested when a member is trying to bring up the LCP layer on a member link; if the remote peer requests this option, it will be rejected. When transmitting echo-requests, a magic number of 0 is used. When responding to echo-requests, a magic number of 0 is sent.
If the magic-number option is enabled, the option is sent to the remote peer during protocol negotiation. If this option is rejected by the remote peer, the router will bring the link up but will be unable to detect loopbacks since the router will always send a magic number of 0 in the echo messages upon rejection. If this option is accepted by the remote peer, the router will send echo messages with randomly generated (non-zero) magic numbers. If the 7705 SAR receives a config-req with the same magic number that was sent out, the router will calculate a new magic number to use and send out another config-request. If the router persistently sees the randomly generated magic number in the received config-req, the router will declare a loopback.
The no form of the command disables the loopback detection.
no magic-number
This command enables multi-class MLPPP (MC-MLPPP) as defined by RFC 2686, The Multi-Class Extension to Multi-Link PPP. The 7705 SAR supports MC-MLPPP bundles with 2, 3 or 4 classes. To change the number of classes, all member links must be removed and then the bundle must be shut down.
The packets transmitted on the MC-MLPPP bundle are sent with class values from 0 to one less than the configured class size. For example, a 4-class MLPPP bundle has 4 classes and transmits packets with class numbers 0, 1, 2, and 3. A 4-class bundle transmits packets with class numbers 0, 1 and 2 and a 2-class bundle transmits packets with class numbers 0 and 1. A 0-class MLPPP bundle has the highest priority.
Entries are created and deleted by the system depending on the number of classes being used by a given MLPPP bundle. The no form of the command disables multi-class MLPPP.
no multiclass
This command specifies the maximum received reconstructed unit (MRRU), which is similar to a maximum transmission unit (MTU) but applies only to MLPPP multilink bundles. The MRRU is the maximum frame size that can be reconstructed from multilink fragments. This command is only valid for MLPPP bundles.
The no form of this command resets the MRRU to the default.
1524
This command sets the maximum acceptable differential delay for individual circuits within a multilink bundle.
The no form of this command restores the red-differential-delay defaults.
n/a
This command specifies that the MLPPP bundle should use short (12 bit) sequence numbers instead of the default 24-bit sequence number. This command is only valid for MLPPP bundles.
The no form of this command disables the short-sequence feature.
no short-sequence
This command sets the yellow warning threshold for the differential delay for members within a multilink bundle. If circuit’s delay exceeds the yellow-differential delay value, a log message and SNMP trap is sent. This command is only valid for MLPPP bundles.
The no form of this command removes the yellow-differential-delay.
n/a
This command enables the context to configure parameters for an IMA group. An IMA group is a collection of physical links bundled together and assigned to an ATM port. IMA enables a high-speed channel that is composed of ATM cells to be transported as a number of lower-speed circuits. They are then reassembled as the original high-speed ATM channel.
This command is only valid for IMA bundles.
This command specifies the time delay between detection of a link activation/deactivation condition and acting upon it (going in/out of the Rx failure state on a link).
This command enables the context to configure IMA test pattern procedures. Note that this command and sub-commands are not saved in the router configuration between reboots.
This command specifies IMA members on which an IMA test pattern procedure is to be performed.
The no form of this command deletes the link from the test-pattern procedure. The test-pattern procedure must be shut down first.
no test-link
This command specifies the transmit test pattern in an IMA group loopback operation. This value can only be changed when the test-pattern-procedure command is shut down.
The no form of this command restores the test pattern to the default.
0
This command enables a configured IMA test pattern procedure.
The no form of this command disables the IMA test pattern procedure.
This command configures the IMA version for the multilink bundle group. If there is a version mismatch between this IMA group and the far-end IMA group, the IMA group will go operationally down. To change the IMA version, you must first remove all member links from the group.
Only IMA version 1.1 is supported.
1-1
This command enables the context to configure ATM interface properties.
This command configures the ATM cell format.
The no form of this command restores the default value.
uni
This command specifies the ATM cell mapping to be used on this DS3 or E3 ATM interface.
The no form of this command restores the default value.
Note:
For an E3 interface, the mapping command does not appear in the CLI; the interface is hard-coded for direct mapping and the value cannot be changed. The command is shown in this document for reference only. |
direct
This command sets the minimum allowable virtual path identifier (VPI) value that can be used on the ATM interface for a virtual path connection (VPC).
The no form of this command restores the default value.
0
This command enables the context to configure:
TDM is a mechanism that divides the bandwidth of a stream into separate channels or timeslots by assigning each stream a different timeslot in a set. TDM repeatedly transmits a fixed sequence of timeslots over a single transmission channel. Each individual data stream is reassembled at the receiving end based on the timing.
n/a
This command specifies the line buildout (cable length) for physical DS1 ports on the 16-port T1/E1 ASAP Adapter card and 32-port T1/E1 ASAP Adapter card, or for physical DS3/E3 ports on the 4-port DS3/E3 Adapter card.
short (this is the only option available for the 16-port T1/E1 ASAP Adapter card and 32-port T1/E1 ASAP Adapter card)
This command creates a 64 kb/s codirectional G.703 channel on a port on the 8-port Voice & Teleprotection card.
The no form of this command deletes the port’s codirectional channel.
n/a
This command creates a DS0 channel group on a TDM interface on the 8-port Voice & Teleprotection card.
The no form of this command deletes the port’s codirectional or TPIF channel group.
n/a
This command specifies the encapsulation type. The channel group must be deleted before changing the encapsulation type.
no encap-type
This command configures the interface for access mode. An access port or channel is used for customer-facing traffic. A Service Access Point (SAP) can only be configured on an access port or channel. When an interface is configured for access mode, the appropriate encapsulation type must be specified.
access
This command puts the specified interface into a loopback mode. The port must be shut down before loopback mode is enabled.
This command is not saved in the system configuration between boots.
The no form of this command disables the loopback on the interface.
no loopback
This command enables logging of codirectional and TPIF alarms for the specified interface or channel.
The no form of this command disables logging of the specified alarm.
ais for codir
rai for tpif
This command enables generation of an 8-kHz signal on a codirectional interface.
disabled
This command enables the context to configure DS1 frame parameters on a channelized 16-port T1/E1 ASAP Adapter card, 32-port T1/E1 ASAP Adapter card, 2-port OC3/STM1 Channelized Adapter card, 4-port OC3/STM1 Channelized Adapter card, or 4-port DS3/E3 Adapter card (DS3 ports only).
T1 transmits DS1-formatted data at 1.544 Mb/s through the network.
Once a channel has been configured for DS1, all ports on the card can only be configured for DS1. There cannot be a mix of DS1 and E1 channels on the same card.
The no form of this command deletes the specified DS1 channel.
n/a
This command enables the context to configure DS3 parameters on a 2-port OC3/STM1 Channelized Adapter card or a 4-port DS3/E3 Adapter card.
DS3 lines carry 28 DS1 signals and a 44.736 Mb/s data rate.
If DS3 links are provisioned on a channelized SONET/SDH Adapter card, you must provision the parent STS-1 SONET/STM0 SDH path first (this requirement does not apply to the 4-port DS3/E3 Adapter card).
The no form of this command disables DS3 capabilities on the specified SONET/SDH path or DS3 port. The DS3 parameters must be disabled if a clear channel is enabled by default. A clear channel uses out-of-band signaling, not in-band signaling; therefore, the entire bit rate of the channel is available.
n/a
This command enables the context to configure E1 parameters on a channelized 16-port T1/E1 ASAP Adapter card, 32-port T1/E1 ASAP Adapter card, 2-port OC3/STM1 Channelized Adapter card, 4-port OC3/STM1 Channelized Adapter card, or 4-port DS3/E3 Adapter card (DS3 ports only). E1 is a standard WAN digital communication format designed to operate over copper facilities at a rate of 2.048 Mb/s.
Once a channel has been configured for E1, all ports on the card can only be configured for E1. There cannot be a mix of DS1 and E1 channels on the same card.
The no form of this command deletes the specified E1 channel.
n/a
This command enables the context to configure E3 parameters on a 4-port DS3/E3 Adapter card. E3 lines provide a speed of 34.368 Mb/s and are frequently used by service providers outside North America.
n/a
This command configures the encoding for the physical DS1 (T1) port. DS1 ports can be configured for either B8ZS (bipolar with eight-zero substitution) zero code suppression or AMI (alternate mark inversion). B8ZS and AMI are line coding techniques.
This command is supported on the following cards and platforms:
b8zs
This command configures the line length for the physical DS1 port on the 16-port T1/E1 ASAP Adapter card or 32-port T1/E1 ASAP Adapter card.
Line buildout settings must be adjusted with line length in order to ensure nominal operating voltage levels for receivers. Ideal receiver voltage levels should be < 3Vp.
133
This command configures the line impedance of a port. Line impedance is set on a per-port basis and ports on the same card can have different values. Before changing the line impedance of a port, the port must be shut down.
100 for DS1
120 for E1
This command creates an IEEE C37.94 teleprotection interface (TPIF) channel.
The no form of this command deletes the port’s TPIF channel.
n/a
This command defines the list of DS0 timeslots to be used in the TPIF channel group.
1
This command configures the associated DS3 channel as a channelized DS3 with DS1/E1 sub-channels.
The no form of this command disables channelization. The sub-channels must be deleted first before the no command is executed.
no channelized
This command specifies the clock source to be used for the link transmit timing.
The following can be configured for loop timing and node timing:
The following can be configured for adaptive timing:
The following can be configured for differential timing:
The clock source setting also determines the node sync reference if the port is configured as one of the node sync references (config>system>sync-if-timing>{ref1 | ref2}> source-port command). Refer to the 7705 SAR OS Basic System Configuration Guide, “Node Timing”, for more information.
Note:
If a timing reference from an external BITS clock is used on a dedicated T1/E1 port, the port must be configured as loop-timed. |
node-timed
This command specifies the DS1 framing to be used for the port.
The ds1-unframed parameter allows the configuration of an unstructured DS1 channel on the following:
When an unframed DS1 channel is shut down, it sends the AIS pattern to the far-end DS1. The far end does not react to the AIS pattern if the far-end DS1 is configured as unframed. If the far-end DS1 is configured as framed, the far end declares AIS. The operational status remains up and no alarms are generated while the near end is operationally down. This is normal behavior for unframed G.703 mode.
esf
This command specifies the E1 framing to be used for the port.
The e1-unframed parameter allows the configuration of an unstructured E1 channel on the following:
When an unframed E1 channel is shut down, it sends the AIS pattern to the far-end E1. The far end does not react to the AIS pattern if the far-end E1 is configured as unframed. If the far-end E1 is configured as framed, the far end declares AIS. The operational status remains up and no alarms are generated while the near end is operationally down. This is normal behavior for unframed G.703 mode.
When an unframed E1 channel is shut down, it sends the AIS pattern to the far-end E1. The far end does not react to the AIS pattern if the far-end E1 is configured as unframed. If the far-end E1 is configured as framed, the far end declares AIS. The operational status remains up and no alarms are generated while the near end is operationally down. This is normal behavior for unframed G.703 mode.
no-crc-g704
This command configures the DS1/E1 link dampening timers in 100s of milliseconds, which guards against reporting excessive interface transitions. Once implemented, subsequent transitions of the interface from one state to another are not advertised to upper layer protocols until the configured timer has expired.
no hold-time
This command puts the specified port or channel in a loopback mode.
A line loopback loops frames received on the corresponding port or channel back towards the transmit (egress) direction before reaching the framer. The bit stream is not reframed. The electrical signal is regenerated by the Tx line interface unit (LIU) and the timing is provided by the Rx LIU.
An internal loopback loops the frames that are coming in an egress direction from the fabric towards the framer, back to the fabric. This is usually referred to as an equipment loopback. The Tx signal is looped back and received by the interface.
The fdl-ansi loopback command sends a repeating 16-bit ESF data link code word to the remote end requesting that it enter into a network line loopback. The ansi keyword enables the remote line FDL ANSI bit loopback on the T1 line, in accordance with the ANSI T1.403 specification.
The fdl-bellcore loopback command sends a repeating 16-bit ESF data link code word to the remote end requesting that it enter into a network line loopback. The bellcore keyword enables the remote line FDL Bellcore bit loopback on the T1 line, in accordance with the Bellcore TR-TSY-000312 specification.
The payload-ansi loopback command sends a repeating 16-bit ESF data link code word to the remote end requesting that it enter into a network payload loopback. A payload loopback loops frames back towards the transmit (egress) direction after reaching the framer. The bit stream is reframed. The electrical signal is regenerated by the Tx LIU and the timing is provided by the Rx LIU.
The loopback command is not saved to the system configuration.
The no form of this command disables the specified type of loopback.
Note:
|
no loopback
This command puts the specified port or channel in a loopback mode.
A line loopback loops frames received on the corresponding port or channel back towards the transmit (egress) direction before reaching the framer. The bit stream is not reframed. The electrical signal is regenerated by the Tx line interface unit (LIU) and the timing is provided by the Rx LIU.
An internal loopback loops the frames that are coming in an egress direction from the fabric towards the framer, back to the fabric. This is usually referred to as an equipment loopback. The Tx signal is looped back and received by the interface. The loopback command is not saved to the system configuration.
The no form of this command disables the specified type of loopback.
no loopback
This command configures the DS1 channel response to remote loopbacks. When enabled, the channel responds to remote loopbacks; when disabled, the channel does not respond.
Note:
The 4-port OC3/STM1 Channelized Adapter card cannot respond to fdl-ansi, fdl-bellcore, or payload-ansi loopbacks. |
no remote-loop-respond
This command enables logging of DS1 or E1 alarms.
The no form of this command disables logging of the specified alarms.
This command enables or disables Channel Associated Signaling (CAS) at the port and circuit levels. When enabled, control signals (such as those for synchronizing and bounding frames) are carried in the same channels as voice and data signals.
If the signal mode for a DS1 or an E1 port is configured for no signal-mode, then all DS0/64 kb/s channels within the DS1 or E1 port will not be enabled for CAS. Individual channel groups within that DS1 or E1 port inherit this state and cannot be changed.
If the signal mode for a DS1 or an E1 port is configured for signal-mode cas, then any new channel groups default to signal-mode cas and any existing channel groups can be individually changed from cas to no signal-mode.
The signal mode must be configured for CAS before creating a Cpipe service that supports T1 or E1 with CAS. Refer to the 7705 SAR OS Services Guide, “Creating a Cpipe Service”, for information on configuring a Cpipe service.
This command is valid only on the 16-port T1/E1 ASAP Adapter card, 32-port T1/E1 ASAP Adapter card, 2-port OC3/STM1 Channelized Adapter card, 4-port DS3/E3 Adapter card, or 4-port T1/E1 and RS-232 Combination module when DS1 framing is set to esf or sf, or E1 framing is set to g704 or no-crc-g704.
This command accesses the context to configure E1 Synchronization Status Messaging (SSM) parameters.
This command configures which Sa bit in the E1 frame to use for conveying the quality level SSM information.
8
This command enables or disables the transmission of 0xF (DUS) (do not use for synchronization) in the SSM channel. The code 0xF is transmitted but it is translated to DNU (do not use) for E1 or SDH and to DUS for SONET or T1.
no tx-dus
This command configures the line signal degradation (SD) bit error rate (BER) and line signal failure (SF) thresholds.
PCV error rates are measured and when they cross either the degradation or failure threshold, alarms are raised.
The no form of this command disables the BER-SD or BER-SF feature.
ber-sd - disabled
ber-sf - disabled
This command creates DS0 channel groups in a channelized DS1 or E1 circuit. Channel groups cannot be further subdivided.
The no form of this command deletes the specified DS1 or E1 channel.
n/a
This command configures the precision of the cyclic redundancy check (CRC). Non-ATM channel groups configured under DS1 or E1 support 16-bit checksum. ATM channel groups support a 32-bit checksum.
16
This command configures the encapsulation method used for the port on the 16-port T1/E1 ASAP Adapter card, 32-port T1/E1 ASAP Adapter card, 2-port OC3/STM1 Channelized Adapter card, 4-port OC3/STM1 Channelized Adapter card, 4-port DS3/E3 Adapter card (DS3 ports only), or 4-port T1/E1 and RS-232 Combination module (T1/E1 ports only). This parameter can be set on both access and network ports.
For access mode, the supported encapsulation types are atm, cem, frame-relay, cisco-hdlc, hdlc, and ipcp. Table 21 lists the adapter cards and the corresponding encapsulation types.
Adapter Card | Encapsulation Type | |||||
atm | cem | frame-relay | cisco-hdlc | hdlc | ipcp | |
16-port T1/E1 ASAP Adapter card, version 1 | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | |||
16-port T1/E1 ASAP Adapter card, version 2 | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ |
32-port T1/E1 ASAP Adapter card | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ |
2-port OC3/STM1 Channelized Adapter card | ✓ | ✓ | ✓ | |||
4-port OC3/STM1 Channelized Adapter card | ✓ | |||||
4-port DS3/E3 Adapter card (DS3 ports only) | ✓ | ✓ | ||||
4-port T1/E1 and RS-232 Combination module | ✓ | ✓ |
For network mode, only ppp-auto encapsulation is supported.
To change the encap-type, the channel group must first be deleted, then reconfigured with the new encap-type.
no encap-type
This command configures the value that the DS0, DS1, DS3, E1, or TDM interface transmits during idle cycles. This command is applicable only if the encapsulation type is ppp-auto.
The no form of this command changes the idle cycle flag to the default value.
flags (0x7E)
This command defines the data pattern to be transmitted (8-bit value) when the circuit emulation service is not operational or temporarily experiences underrun conditions. This command is only valid for CESoPSN services.
Note:
See the 7705 SAR OS Services Guide for information on CESoPSN services. |
all-ones
This command defines the signaling pattern to be transmitted (4-bit value) when the circuit emulation service is not operational or temporarily experiences underrun conditions. This command is only valid for CES with CAS.
Note:
See the 7705 SAR OS Services Guide for information on CESoPSN services. |
all-ones
This command configures a TDM channel for access or network mode operation.
An access port or channel is used for customer-facing traffic on which services are configured. A Service Access Point (SAP) can only be configured on an access port or channel.
When a port is configured for access mode, the appropriate encap-type must be specified to distinguish the services on the port. Once a TDM channel has been configured for access mode, multiple services can be configured on the TDM channel.
A network port or channel participates in the service provider transport or infrastructure network when a network mode is selected. When the network option is configured, only the ppp-auto encap-type can be configured for the port or channel.
The no form of this command restores the default.
access
This command configures the maximum payload MTU size for a port.
Packets received that are larger than the MTU will be fragmented or discarded, depending on whether the DF bit is set in the packet header. If the port mode or encapsulation type is changed, the MTU assumes the default values of the new mode or encapsulation type.
The no form of this command restores the default values.
The default MTU value depends on the port type, mode, and encapsulation as listed in the following table.
Port Type | Mode | Encap Type | Default (Bytes) | Max MTU (Bytes) |
TDM (PW) | Access | cem | 1514 | 1514 |
TDM (ATM PW) | Access | atm | 1524 | 1524 |
TDM (FR PW) | Access | frame-relay | 1514 | 2090 |
TDM (HDLC PW) | Access | hdlc | 1514 | 2090 |
TDM (IW PW) | Access | cisco-hdlc | 1514 | 2090 |
TDM (PPP/MLPPP) | Access | ipcp | 1502 | 2090 |
TDM (PPP/MLPPP) | Network | ppp-auto | 1572 | 2090 |
Serial V35 or X21 (FR PW) | Access | frame-relay | 1514 | 2090 |
SONET/SDH | Access | atm | 1524 | 1524 |
SONET/SDH | Network | ppp-auto | 1572 | 2090 |
This command enables access to the context to configure the LCP operational parameters for a DS1 or E1 channel or a DS0 channel.
The no form of the command removes the LCP operational parameters.
no ppp
This command enables the channel-group down on BER-SF alarm.When enabled, the channel-group will be placed out of service once BER-SF is detected.
The no form of this command disables the feature.
no ber-sf-link-down
This command sets the keepalive interval.
The no form of this command returns the interval to the default value.
keepalive 10 dropcount 3
This command enables payload scrambling on channel groups. The command is applicable only if the encapsulation type is atm.
This command defines the list of DS0 timeslots to be used in the DS1 or E1 channel group. The timeslots do not need to be consecutive. If the encapsulation type is changed to or from atm, the timeslots are reset to the default. If the encapsulation type is set to atm, the timeslot ranges are automatically configured and cannot be changed.
If the port is configured for fractional T1/E1 (see Configuring Fractional T1/E1 Ports for PPP Encapsulation), this command is used to specify the number of timeslots to be used on the port. Only the specified timeslots can be used.
The no form of this command removes DS0 timeslots from a channel group.
no timeslots — non-ATM channel groups
1 to 24 — channel groups configured under DS1 with atm encapsulation
2 to 16, 18 to 32 — channel groups configured under E1 with atm encapsulation
2 to 32 — channel groups configured under E1 (ppp-auto)
This command specifies the clock source to be used for the link transmit timing.
The clock source setting also determines the node sync reference if the port is configured as one of the node synchronization references (config>system>sync-if-timing>{ref1 | ref2}> source-port command). Refer to the 7705 SAR OS Basic System Configuration Guide, “Node Timing”, for more information.
loop-timed
This command configures the precision of the cyclic redundancy check (CRC). Non-ATM ports support a 16-bit checksum and ATM ports support a 32-bit checksum. CRC applies to PPP applications only on the 2-port OC3/STM1 Channelized Adapter card and 4-port DS3/E3 Adapter card.
16 (non-ATM ports)
32 (ATM ports)
This command configures the encapsulation method used on the specified DS3/E3 port.
To change the encap-type, the port must first be deleted, then reconfigured with the new encap-type.
no encap-type
This command enables the DS3/E3 interface to respond to remote loop signals. The DS3/E3 far-end alarm and control (FEAC) signal is used to send alarm or status information from the far-end terminal back to the local terminal. DS3/E3 loopbacks at the far-end terminal from the local terminal are initiated.
The no form of this command prevents the DS3/E3 interface from responding to remote loop signals.
no feac-loop-respond
This command specifies DS3 framing for the associated DS3 port.
c-bit
This command specifies E3 framing for the associated E3 port.
g751 (this default cannot be changed)
This command configures the value that the DS3/E3 interface transmits during idle cycles. This command is applicable only if the encapsulation type is ppp-auto. For ATM ports, the configuration does not apply and only the no form is accepted.
The no form of this command reverts the idle cycle flag to the default value.
flags (0x7E)
no idle-cycle-flag (for ATM)
This command puts the specified DS3/E3 port into a loopback mode.
A line loopback loops frames received on the corresponding port or channel back towards the transmit (egress) direction before reaching the framer.
An internal loopback loops the frames that are coming in an egress direction from the fabric towards the framer, back to the fabric. This is usually referred to as an equipment loopback.
A remote loopback sends a signal to the remote device to provide a line loopback. To configure a remote loopback, you must enable feac-loop-respond on the far-end DS3/E3 interface, then set the loopback to remote on the near-end DS3/E3 interface. Remote loopback sends a loopback code to the far-end DS3/E3 interface that results in the far end sending out a line loopback.
The loopback command is not saved to the system configuration.
The no form of this command disables loopback on the DS3/E3 port.
no loopback
This command configures the maintenance data link (MDL) message for a DS3 port or channel. This command is only applicable if the DS3 port or channel is using C-bit framing, specified using the framing (DS3) command.
The no form of this command removes the mdl-string association and stops the transmission of MDL messages.
no mdl
This command enables the transmission of an MDL message on a DS3 port or channel. This command is only applicable if the DS3 port or channel is using C-bit framing, specified using the framing (DS3) command.
The no form of this command prevents the transmission of an MDL message on the DS3 port or channel.
no mdl-transmit
This command configures a DS3/E3 port for access or network mode of operation.
SAPs can only be configured on access ports. When a DS3/E3 port is configured for access mode, the encap-type can be set to atm, cem, or frame-relay.
A network port is used as an uplink to connect to the packet network and transport the PPP services. Network mode applies to DS3 and E3 ports. When a DS3/E3 port is configured for network mode, the encap-type must be set to ppp-auto.
The mode can be changed between access and network provided that encap-type has not been configured yet. If encap-type has been configured, the DS3/E3 port must be first deleted and then reconfigured with the required encap-type.
The no form of this command reverts to the default.
access
This command configures the maximum payload MTU size for a DS3/E3 port configured for PPP. Packets that are received larger than the MTU are discarded. Packets that cannot be fragmented at egress and exceed the MTU are also discarded.
The no form of this command restores the default value.
1572 (for ppp-auto)
This command enables access to the context to configure the LCP operational parameters for a DS3/E3 port.
This command sets the interval between keepalive messages.
The no form of this command returns the interval to the default value.
keepalive 10 dropcount 3
This command enables logging of DS3 and E3 alarms for a DS3/E3 port or channel.
The no form of this command disables logging of the specified alarms or all commands.
This command enables the context to configure voice port parameters. This context can only be accessed on the 6-port E&M Adapter card, 8-port Voice & Teleprotection card, 8-port FXO Adapter card, and 6-port FXS Adapter card.
n/a
four-wires
This command enables the context to configure channel group parameters for a channelized E&M voice interface.
The no form of this command deletes the E&M channel group.
n/a
This command configures a voice channel for idle or seized fault signaling.
On the 6-port E&M Adapter card, this command is valid only if signaling-mode is configured for E&M signaling. The 6-port E&M Adapter card also supports configuration of the idle and seized codes.
Configuration of the idle and seized codes is not supported on the FXO and FXS channels on the 8-port Voice & Teleprotection card, or on the on the 8-port FXO Adapter card or the 6-port FXS Adapter card. The code transmitted depends on signaling type and companding law as shown in Table 23.
Signaling Type | Companding Law | ABCD code | ||
A-Law | Mu-Law | Idle | Seized | |
3600plar (FXS only) | ✓ | 1101 | 0101 | |
3600plar (FXS only) | ✓ | 11 | 00 | |
1511plar (FXS only) | ✓ | 1101 | 0101 | |
1511profile1 (FXO, FXS) | ✓ | 1101 | 0101 | |
3600ls (FXO, FXS) | ✓ | 01 | 11 | |
3600re (FXO, FXS) | ✓ | 1101 | 0101 |
idle
This command creates a Foreign Exchange Office (FXO) channel on a channelized voice interface. This command applies to the 8-port FXO Adapter card and the 8-port Voice & Teleprotection Card.
The no form of this command deletes the port’s FXO channel.
n/a
This command creates a Foreign Exchange Subscriber (FXS) channel on a channelized voice interface. This command applies to the 8-port Voice & Teleprotection card and 6-port FXS Adapter card.The no form of this command deletes the port’s FXS channel.
n/a
This command defines the ABCD signaling code to be transmitted when the voice channel is configured to transmit idle fault signaling. The command is also used for driving/scanning the E&M signaling leads.
This command is valid only on the 6-port E&M Adapter card and only if signaling-mode is configured for E&M signaling.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
0 (for Mu-Law companding)
13 (for A-Law companding)
This command configures the line balance for the FXO or FXS voice interface on the 8-port Voice & Teleprotection card, for the FXO voice interface on the 8-port FXO Adapter card, and for the FXS voice interface on the 6-port FXS Adapter card.
nominal (for both FXS and FXO)
This command puts the specified port or channel in loopback mode. The internal-digital parameter is the only valid option for FXO and FXS.
The loopback command is not saved to the system configuration between boots.
The no form of this command disables the loopback.
no loopback
This command configures the frequency of the generated ring signal for the specified FXS voice port.
This command does not apply to FXO or E&M ports.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
16
This command defines the ABCD signaling code to be transmitted when the channel is configured to transmit seized fault signaling. The command is also used for driving/scanning the E&M signaling leads.
This command is valid only on the 6-port E&M Adapter card and only if signaling-mode is configured for E&M signaling.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
0 (for Mu-Law companding)
13 (for A-Law companding)
This command configures how the signaling leads operate to establish a call. To change this parameter, the voice channel must be shut down first.
For FXO, 3600ls, 1511profile1, and 3600re are the only valid options; 1511profile1 and 3600re support A-Law companding, and 3600ls supports Mu-Law companding.
For FXS, all signaling types are supported; 3600plar supports both A-Law and Mu-Law companding, 1511plar, 1511profile1, and 3600re support A-Law companding, and 3600ls supports Mu-Law companding.
3600ls (for Mu-Law companding)
3600re (for A-Law companding)
This command enables the context to configure the input and output leads, which carry call control signals.
n/a
This command configures the output signaling lead known as the E-lead (Ear, Earth, or Exchange).
This command is valid only if signaling-mode is configured for E&M signaling.
end-to-end
This command configures the input signaling lead known as the M-lead (Mouth, Magneto, or Multiplexer).
This command is valid only if signaling-mode is configured for E&M signaling.
end-to-end
This command configures the signaling mode for the specified port or channel. This configuration is done for groups of three ports (ports 1 to 3 and ports 4 to 6). The first port to be configured in the group sets the signaling mode for the other ports in the group. For example, if port 1 is set for transmission only, ports 2 and 3 must also be set for transmission only, and if port 4 is set for E&M signaling, ports 5 and 6 must also be set for E&M signaling. To change the signaling mode of a port, all ports in the group must first be deconfigured.
em
This command configures the analog-to-digital receive transmission level point (TLP) for the specified port.
This command configures the analog-to-digital transmit transmission level point (TLP) for the specified port.
This command creates a DS0 channel group for a channelized E&M, FXO, or FXS voice interface.
Channel groups cannot be further subdivided.
The no form of this command deletes the specified channel group.
n/a
This command configures the encapsulation method used by the channel group.
no encap-type
This command configures a channelized voice interface for access mode operation. Network mode is not supported.
An access port or channel is used for customer-facing traffic on which services are configured. A Service Access Point (SAP) can only be configured on an access port or channel.
When a port or channel is configured for access mode, the encap-type must be specified (in this case, cem) to distinguish the services on the port.
access
This command creates the context in which Link Aggregation Group (LAG) attributes are defined.
A LAG groups two Ethernet links (ports) into one logical link. One link is active while the other is on standby. The aggregation of two physical links adds redundancy and improves resiliency between two network devices. If an active link in a LAG fails, traffic gets redistributed to the standby link. A maximum of 16 LAGs can be configured on a 7705 SAR.
The no form of this command deletes the LAG from the configuration. A LAG can only be deleted while it is administratively shut down. Any dependencies, such as IP interface configurations, must be removed from the LAG before it can be shut down.
no lag
This command configures the encapsulation method used to distinguish customer traffic on a LAG.
The encapsulation type of a LAG must match that of its member links. If the encapsulation type of the LAG is changed, the encapsulation type of all its member links also changes.
The encapsulation type can be changed on the LAG only if there is no interface or service associated with it. If the MTU is set to a non-default value, it will be reset to the default value when the encapsulation type is changed.
The no form of this command reverts to the default encapsulation type.
null — all traffic on the link belongs to a single service or VLAN
This command configures port link dampening to guard against excessive link transitions reported to upper layer protocols.
When a failure in a LAG is detected, it is immediately advertised to the rest of the system, but subsequent failures are not advertised to upper layers until the hold-time down interval has expired. Specifying a hold time avoids informing higher levels during the small time interval between detecting that the active link in the LAG is down and the time needed to activate the standby link. Therefore, the hold time prevents the LAG from being operationally down when switching between the active and standby link.
The no form of this command removes any hold time configured.
no hold-time
This command specifies the LACP mode of the LAG. By default, the LACP mode is not set. It must be set before the LAG can be used.
Per the IEEE 802.1AX-2008 (IEEE 802.3ad) standard, the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) provides a standardized means for exchanging information between network devices using LAGs. LACP operates in two modes: passive and active. At least one partner must operate in active mode. For example, if the mode on the CE end is passive, the LACP mode on the 7705 SAR end must be active.
The no form of this command disables LACP.
no lacp
This command specifies the interval signaled to the peer and tells the peer at which rate it should transmit.
The no form of this command returns the value to the default.
fast
This command enables LACP message transmission on the standby link.
The no form of this command disables LACP message transmission on the standby link. Disable LACP message transmission on the standby link if the peer does not properly follow the IEEE 802.3ax standard regarding the LACP sync bit.
lacp-xmit-stdby
This command assigns a specific MAC address to the LAG.
The no form of this command returns the MAC address to the default value.
a default MAC address is assigned by the system
This command configures the LAG for access or network mode operation.
An access port is used for customer-facing traffic on which services are configured. A Service Access Point (SAP) can only be configured on an access port or channel.
A network port participates in the service provider transport or infrastructure network when a network mode is selected.
A LAG can only be configured on an access port.
The no form of this command restores the default.
access
This command adds a port (link) to a LAG. A LAG can have a maximum of two ports.
The port configuration of the first port added to the LAG is used as a basis to compare to subsequently added ports. The second port added to the LAG must share the same characteristics (MTU, speed, duplex, and so on) as those of the first port. An error message is displayed if you add a port that does not share the same characteristics with those of the first port.
Note:
|
The no form of this command removes ports from the LAG.
n/a
Subgroups should only be configured on one side of a LAG, not both. In other words, if you configure the 7705 SAR with subgroups to handle active/standby operation, the partner system should not be configured with subgroups. Only having one side perform active/standby selection guarantees a consistent selection and fast convergence. Active/standby selection is signaled through LACP from one side of the LAG to the other.
This command controls the behavior of the LAG if the number of active links is equal to or below a threshold level. If the number of active links in a LAG is equal to or below the configured threshold, the LAG is considered to be operationally down. The LAG continues to be operationally down until the number of active links goes over the configured threshold.
Setting the port threshold to 1 makes the LAG operationally down.
The no form of this command returns the value to the default.
0
This command specifies which criteria is used to select the active subgroup (link) of a LAG. Every time the configuration of a link changes, the selection algorithm is applied.
The no form of this command returns the value to the default.
highest-count
A subgroup can have a maximum of one eligible member link.
This command specifies how the state of a member port is signaled to the remote side when the status corresponding to this member port has a standby value.
The no form of this command turns off standby signaling.
This command allows access to the context to configure the frame relay LMI operational parameters for a DS1/E1 channel group, a V.35 or X.21 SDI channel group, a DS-3/E-3 clear channel port, or a channelized DS3.
The no form of this command removes the frame relay LMI operational parameters.
This command configures the LMI type for frame relay interfaces. LMIs are sets of enhancements to the basic frame relay specification.
itu
This command sets the frame relay interface to the DCE, DTE, or bidirectional mode of LMI operation. The DTE mode causes the router to send status enquiries over the interface. The DCE mode causes the router to respond to status enquiries. In bidirectional mode, the router performs both DTE and DCE operation over the FR interface. The bidirectional mode applies to the ANSI and ITU LMI types only.
This feature is used when two routers are connected back-to-back, running frame relay encapsulation.
dce
This command configures the DTE full status polling interval for the frame relay LMI. The number specifies the frequency at which inquiries expect a full status report.
The no form of this command returns the n391dte counter to the default value.
6
This command configures the DCE error threshold for the frame relay LMI. The threshold specifies the number of errors needed to bring down a link.
The no form of this command returns the n392dce counter to the default value.
3
This command configures the DTE error threshold for the frame relay LMI. The threshold specifies the number of errors needed to bring down a link.
The no form of this command returns the n392dte counter to the default value.
3
This command configures the DCE monitored event count for the frame relay LMI.
The no form of this command returns the n393dce counter to the default value.
4
This command configures the DTE monitored event count for the frame relay LMI.
The no form of this command returns the n393dte counter to the default value.
4
This command configures the DTE keepalive timer for the frame relay LMI.
This number specifies the interval at which the DTE sends out a keepalive response request to the DCE.
The no form of this command returns the t391dte keepalive timer to the default value.
10
This command configures the DCE keepalive timer for the frame relay LMI.
This number specifies the interval at which the DCE checks for keepalive responses from the DTE.
The no form of this command returns the t392dce keepalive timer to the default value.
15
This command enables the context to configure Cisco HDLC parameters. Cisco HDLC is an encapsulation protocol that governs information transfer. The protocol specifies a data encapsulation method on synchronous serial links using frame characters and checksums.
This command configures the number of keepalive intervals that must pass without receiving a keepalive packet before the link is declared down. The nodes at the two endpoints of the cHDLC link must be provisioned with the same values.
The no form of this command returns the down-count to the default value.
3
This command configures the interval, in seconds, used to send periodic keepalive packets. The receiver process expects to receive a keepalive packet every keepalive interval. The link is declared down if the receiver process does not receive a keepalive within the time-out interval. The link is declared up when the number of continual keepalive packets received equals the up-count. The nodes at the two endpoints of the cHDLC link must be provisioned with the same values.
The no form of this command returns the keepalive interval to the default value.
10
This command configures the number of continual keepalive packets that have to be received in order to declare the link up. The nodes at the two endpoints of the cHDLC link must be provisioned with the same values.
The no form of this command returns the up-count to the default value.
1
This command configures a SCADA bridge on the Integrated Services card.
This command configures a branch that is used by the configured bridge.
The no form of the command deletes the specified branch.
This command enables the context to configure MDDB parameters for a SCADA bridge.
This command forces a master branch to become active.
n/a
This command enables the logging of alarms.
The no form of the command disables the logging of alarms.
no report-alarm
This command enables the squelching function for all slave branches configured on a bridge.
The no form of this command disables the squelching function on a bridge.
no squelch
Note:
Outputs for the show commands are examples only. Actual screen output may differ depending on card and port type, port mode (network or access) and encapsulation type configured. |
This command displays Automatic Protection Switching (APS) information.
The following outputs are examples of APS information, and Table 24 describes the fields.
Label | Description |
Interface | Specifies the APS interface name (the APS group port) |
Admin State | Specifies whether the APS interface is administratively up or down |
Oper State | Specifies whether the APS interface is operationally up or down |
MC-Ctl state | Specifies the multi-chassis state |
Work Circuit | Specifies the physical port that is acting as the working circuit for this APS group |
Prot Circuit | Specifies the physical port that is acting as the protection circuit for this APS group |
Active Circuit | Specifies the active circuit |
Tx/Rx K1 Byte | Displays the value of the SONET/SDH K1 byte received or transmitted on the protection circuit |
APS Group | Displays the APS group name |
Description | Displays the APS group description |
Group ID | Displays the APS group ID number |
Active Circuit | Specifies the physical port that is acting as the active circuit for this APS group |
Admin Status | Specifies whether the APS circuit is administratively up or down |
Oper Status | Specifies whether the APS circuit is operationally up or down |
Working Circuit | Displays the physical port that is acting as the working circuit for this APS group |
Protection Circuit | Displays the physical port that is acting as the protection circuit for this APS group |
Switching-mode | Displays the switching mode of the APS group |
Switching-arch | Displays the architecture of the APS group |
Revertive-mode | Displays the revertive mode of the APS group: non-revertive — traffic remains on the protection line until another switch request is received revertive — when the condition that caused a switch to the protection line has been cleared, the signal is switched back to the working line |
Revert-time | Displays the configured time, in minutes, to wait after the working circuit has become functional again before making the working circuit active again. If the revertive mode is non-revertive, then this field is empty. |
Rx K1/K2 byte | Displays the value of the SONET/SDH K1/K2 byte received on the interface |
Tx K1/K2 byte | Displays the value of the SONET/SDH K1/K2 byte transmitted on the interface |
Current APS Status | Displays the current APS status |
Multi-Chassis APS | Indicates whether MC-APS is configured |
Neighbor | Displays the neighbor IP address. All zeros indicates the APS group is an SC-APS. |
Control link state | Displays the current control link status |
Mode mismatch Cnt | Indicates the number of times a conflict occurs between the current local mode and the received K2 mode information |
Channel mismatch Cnt | Indicates the number of mismatches between the transmitted K1 channel and the received K2 channel that have been detected |
PSB failure Cnt | Displays a count of Protection Switch Byte (PSB) failure conditions. This condition occurs when either an inconsistent APS byte or an invalid code is detected. |
FEPL failure Cnt | Displays a count of far-end protection-line (FEPL) failure conditions. This condition is declared based on receiving SF on the protection line in the K1 byte. |
No. of Switchovers | Displays the number of times a switchover has occurred |
Last Switchover | Displays the timestamp of the last switchover |
Switchover seconds | Displays the cumulative Protection Switching Duration (PSD) time in seconds For a working channel, this is the cumulative number of seconds that service was carried on the protection line For the protection line, this is the cumulative number of seconds that the protection line has been used to carry any working channel traffic. This information is only valid if revertive switching is enabled. |
Signal Degrade Cnt | Displays the number of times the signal was degraded |
Signal Failure Cnt | Displays the number of times the signal failed |
Last Switch Cmd | Reports the last switch command that was performed on a circuit |
Last Exercise Result | Displays the result of the last exercise request on a circuit |
Advertise Interval | Displays the advertise interval |
Hold time | Displays the hold time |
This command displays IOM information.
displays summary information only
The following outputs are examples of card information:
Label | Description |
Slot | The slot number of the card in the chassis |
Provisioned Card-type | The card type that is configured for the slot |
Equipped Card-type | The card type that is actually populated in the slot |
Admin State | up: the card is administratively up |
down: the card is administratively down | |
Operational State | up: the card is operationally up |
The following examples display the card state for a 7705 SAR-8, 7705 SAR-18, 7705 SAR-F, and all variants of 7705 SAR-M, 7705 SAR-H, 7705 SAR-Hc, 7705 SAR-A, 7705 SAR-W, and 7705 SAR-Wx.
Note:
|
For the 7705 SAR-8:
The following example displays card state information for the 7705 SAR-8 with a CSMv1.
The following example displays card state information for the 7705 SAR-8 with a CSMv2.
For the 7705 SAR-18:
For the 7705 SAR-F:
For the 7705 SAR-M:
For the 7705 SAR-H:
For the 7705 SAR-Hc:
For the 7705 SAR-A:
For the 7705 SAR-W:
For the 7705 SAR-Wx:
Label | Description |
Slot/Id | The slot number of the card in the chassis |
Provisioned Type | The card type that is configured for the slot |
Equipped Type | The card type that is actually populated in the slot |
Admin State | up: the card is administratively up |
down: the card is administratively down | |
Operational State | up: the card is operationally up down: the card is operationally down provisioned: there is no card in the slot but it has been preconfigured failed: the installed card has operationally failed |
Num Ports | The number of ports available on the provisioned card |
Num MDA | The number of adapter cards installed |
Comments | Indicates which CSM is the active card and which is in standby mode (for redundancy) |
The following example displays detailed card (IOM) and CSM information for the 7705 SAR-8.
Label | Description |
Clock source | The system’s clock source |
Available MDA slots | The number of card slots available |
Installed MDAs | The number of cards installed |
Part number | The chassis part number |
CLEI code | The Common Language Equipment Identifier (CLEI) code string for the router |
Serial number | The chassis serial number |
Manufacture date | The chassis manufacture date |
Manufacturing string | A factory-inputted manufacturing text string |
Manufacturing deviations | A record of changes done to the hardware or software that is outside the normal revision control process |
Administrative state | up: the card is administratively up |
down: the card is administratively down | |
Operational State | up: the card is operationally up down: the card is operationally down provisioned: there is no card in the slot but it has been preconfigured failed: the provisioned card has operationally failed |
Temperature | The internal chassis temperature |
Temperature threshold | The value above which the internal temperature must rise in order to indicate that the temperature is critical |
Software boot (rom) version | The version of the boot rom image |
Software boot version | The version of the boot image |
Software version | The software version number |
Time of last boot | The date and time the most recent boot occurred |
Current alarm state | The alarm conditions for the adapter card |
Base MAC address | The base MAC address of the hardware component |
Memory capacity | The memory capacity of the adapter card |
The following example displays detailed card (IOM) and CSMv1 information for the 7705 SAR-8.
The following example displays detailed card (IOM) and CSMv2 information for the 7705 SAR-8.
Label | Description |
Slot | The slot of the card in the chassis |
Provisioned Card-type | The CSM type that is configured for the slot |
Equipped Card-type | The CSM type that is actually populated in the slot |
Admin State | up: the CSM is administratively up |
down: the CSM is administratively down | |
Operational State | up/active: the CSM is operationally up and active |
down: the CSM is operationally down | |
BOF last modified | The date and time of the most recent BOF modification |
Config file version | The configuration file version |
Config file last modified | The date and time of the most recent config file modification |
Config file last saved | The date and time of the most recent config file save |
M/S clocking ref state | primary: the card is acting as the primary (active) CSM in a redundant system |
secondary: the card is acting as the standby (secondary) CSM in a redundant system | |
Admin State | up: the compact flash is administratively up |
down: the compact flash is administratively down | |
Operational State | up: the compact flash is operationally up |
down: the compact flash is operationally down | |
Serial number | The compact flash serial number |
Firmware revision | The compact flash firmware version number |
Model number | The compact flash model number |
Size | The memory capacity on the compact flash |
Free space | The amount of free space on the compact flash |
Part number | The CSM part number |
CLEI code | The code used to identify the router |
Serial number | The CSM serial number |
Manufacture date | The chassis manufacture date |
Manufacturing string | A factory-inputted manufacturing text string |
Manufacturing deviations | A record of changes done to the hardware or software that is outside the normal revision control process |
Administrative state | up: the CSM is administratively up |
down: the CSM is administratively down | |
Operational state | up: the CSM is operationally up |
down: the CSM is operationally down | |
Temperature | The internal chassis temperature |
Temperature threshold | The value above which the internal temperature must rise in order to indicate that the temperature is critical |
Software boot (rom) version | The version of the boot image |
Software version | The software version number |
Time of last boot | The date and time the most recent boot occurred |
Current alarm state | The alarm conditions for the specific card |
Base MAC address | The base MAC address of the hardware component |
Memory capacity | The total amount of memory on the CSM |
This command displays adapter card information and statistics collected from a specified adapter card and associated fabric ports.
The security encryption keywords are used for the 7705 SAR-18 and 7705 SAR-8 (with CSMv2) only. They do not apply to the 7705 SAR-A, 7705 SAR-M, 7705 SAR-H, 7705 SAR-Hc, 7705 SAR-W, and 7705 SAR-Wx. These routers use the mda aggregate-statistics command instead.
If no command line options are specified, a summary output of all adapter cards is displayed.
Statistics from the fabric are not displayed when this keyword is used.
The sum of traffic forwarded or dropped is also displayed.
The following outputs are examples of MDA information:
Label | Description |
Slot | The chassis slot number |
MDA | The adapter card slot number |
Provisioned MDA-type | The provisioned adapter card type |
Equipped MDA-type | The adapter card type actually installed |
Admin State | up: the adapter card is administratively up |
down: the adapter card is administratively down | |
Operational State | up: the adapter card is operationally up down: the adapter card is operationally down provisioned: there is no adapter card in the slot but it has been preconfigured failed: the provisioned adapter card has operationally failed |
The following example shows the details of a 12-port Serial Data Interface card in slot 1.
The following example shows the details of a 6-port E&M Adapter card in slot 1. (This example is for demonstration only, since the previous example shows slot 1 already provisioned by another adapter card.)
The following example shows the details of a 4-port OC3/STM1 Clear Channel Adapter card in slot 2.
The following example shows the details of a 16-port T1/E1 ASAP Adapter card in slot 3.
The following example shows the details of a 4-port DS3/E3 Adapter card in slot 4.
The following example shows the details of a 2-port OC3/STM1 Channelized Adapter card in slot 6.
The following example shows the details of an 8-port Voice & Teleprotection card in slot 6. (This example is for demonstration only, since the previous example shows slot 6 already provisioned by another adapter card.)
The following example shows the details of an 8-port FXO Adapter card in slot 6. (This example is for demonstration only, since the previous example shows slot 6 already provisioned by another adapter card.)
The following example shows the details of a 10-port 1GigE/1-port 10GigE X-Adapter card in x10-1gb-sfp mode in slot X1. (This example is for demonstration only.)
The following example shows the details of a 2-port 10GigE (Ethernet) Adapter card. (This example is for demonstration only.)
Label | Description |
Slot | The chassis slot number |
Mda | The adapter card slot number |
Provisioned Mda-type | The provisioned adapter card type |
Equipped Mda-type | The adapter card type actually installed |
Admin State | up: the adapter card is administratively up |
down: the adapter card is administratively down | |
Operational State | up: the adapter card is operationally up |
down: the adapter card is operationally down | |
provisioned: there is no adapter card in the slot but it has been preconfigured | |
failed: the provisioned adapter card has operationally failed | |
MDA Specific Data | |
Maximum port count | The maximum number of ports that can be equipped on the adapter card |
Number of ports equipped | The number of ports that are actually equipped on the adapter card |
Transmit timing selected | The CSM clock used for the transmit clock. It should be the active CSM except during a system or MDA initialization or during an activity switch. |
Sync-E Capable | TRUE: the adapter card supports synchronous Ethernet timing |
FALSE: the adapter card does not support synchronous Ethernet timing | |
Sync interface timing status | The status of synchronization interface timing; it should be qualified except during a system or MDA initialization or during an activity switch |
Network Ring queue policy | The network queue policy applied to the ring port on the adapter card to define the queuing structure for this object |
Network Ring qos policy | The network pos policy applied to the ring port on this adapter card |
Network ingress queue policy | The network ingress queue policy applied to the adapter card to define the queuing structure for this object |
Network ingress fabric policy | The network ingress fabric policy applied to the adapter card |
Access ingress fabric policy | The access ingress fabric policy applied to the adapter card |
Fabric Stats Enabled | TRUE: the collection of fabric statistics is enabled on the adapter card |
FALSE: the collection of fabric statistics is disabled on the adapter card | |
Capabilities | The protocols that can be run on the adapter card |
Min channel size | The minimum channel size on the adapter card |
Max channel size | The maximum channel size on the adapter card |
Max number of channels | The maximum number of channels supported on the adapter card |
Channels in use | The number of channels being used on the adapter card |
Capability mode | The adapter card mode (mda-mode) for cards that support mda-mode |
CEM MDA Specific Data | |
Clock Mode | The clocking mode used on the adapter card |
Voice MDA Specific Data | |
Companding Law | The companding law used on the adapter card |
Signaling Type | The signaling type used on the adapter card |
Hardware Data | |
Part number | The hardware part number |
CLEI code | The code used to identify the adapter card |
Serial number | The adapter card part number |
Manufacture date | The adapter card manufacture date |
Manufacturing variant | The adapter card manufacture variant |
Manufacturing string | A factory-inputted manufacturing text string |
Manufacturing deviations | A record of changes done to the hardware or software that is outside the normal revision control process |
Administrative state | up: the adapter card is administratively up |
down: the adapter card is administratively down | |
Operational state | up: the adapter card is operationally up |
down: the adapter card is operationally down | |
provisioned: there is no adapter card in the slot but it has been preconfigured | |
failed: the provisioned adapter card has operationally failed | |
Temperature | The internal chassis temperature |
Temperature threshold | The value above which the internal temperature must rise in order to indicate that the temperature is critical |
Software version | The software version number |
Time of last boot | The date and time the most recent boot occurred |
Current alarm state | The alarm conditions for the specific adapter card |
Base MAC address | The base MAC address of the hardware component |
The following example shows an MDA fabric statistics display if the source-mda keyword is used.
The following example shows an MDA fabric statistics display if the dest-mda keyword is used.
Label | Description |
Statistic of Source MDA | If the source-mda keyword is specified in the show statistics command, displays the network and access ingress traffic statistics from the specified adapter card towards the fabric and towards a destination adapter card. The sum of traffic forwarded or dropped is also displayed. |
Unicast to Destination MDA Packets/Octets | Network In Profile forwarded: the number of unicast network in-profile packets/octets forwarded from the adapter card specified in the show mda command towards the fabric, then to the output destination adapter card 1 |
Network In Profile dropped: the number of unicast network in-profile packets/octets dropped from the adapter card specified in the show mda command towards the fabric, then to the output destination adapter card 1 | |
Network Out Profile forwarded: the number of unicast network out-of-profile packets/octets forwarded from the adapter card specified in the show mda command towards the fabric, then to the output destination adapter card 1 | |
Network Out Profile dropped: the number of unicast network out-of-profile packets/octets dropped from the adapter card specified in the show mda command towards the fabric, then to the output destination adapter card 1 | |
Access In Profile forwarded: the number of unicast access in-profile packets/octets forwarded from the adapter card specified in the show mda command towards the fabric, then to the output destination adapter card 1 | |
Access Out Profile forwarded: the number of unicast access out-of-profile packets/octets forwarded from the adapter card specified in the show mda command towards the fabric, then to the output destination adapter card 1 | |
Access dropped: the number of unicast access out-of-profile packets/octets and access in-profile packets/octets dropped from the adapter card specified in the show mda command towards the fabric, then to the output destination adapter card 1 | |
Multipoint (for source-mda) | Network In Profile forwarded: the number of multipoint network in-profile packets/octets forwarded from the adapter card specified in the show mda command towards the fabric, then to the output destination adapter card 1 |
Network In Profile dropped: the number of multipoint network in-profile packets/octets dropped from the adapter card specified in the show mda command towards the fabric, then to the output destination adapter card 1 | |
Network Out Profile forwarded: the number of multipoint network out-of-profile packets/octets forwarded from the adapter card specified in the show mda command towards the fabric, then to the output destination adapter card 1 | |
Network Out Profile dropped: the number of multipoint network out-of-profile packets/octets dropped from the adapter card specified in the show mda command towards the fabric, then to the output destination adapter card 1 | |
Access In Profile forwarded: the number of multipoint access in-profile packets/octets forwarded from the adapter card specified in the show mda command towards the fabric, then to the output destination adapter card 1 | |
Access Out Profile forwarded: the number of multipoint access out-of-profile packets/octets forwarded from the adapter card specified in the show mda command towards the fabric, then to the output destination adapter card 1 | |
Access dropped: the number of multipoint access out-of-profile packets/octets and access in-profile packets/octets dropped from the adapter card specified in the show mda command towards the fabric, then to the output destination adapter card 1 | |
Total Network forwarded Packets/Octets | The number of network in-profile and out-of-profile packets/octets forwarded |
Total Network dropped Packets/Octets | The number of network in-profile and out-of-profile packets/octets dropped |
Total Access forwarded Packets/Octets | The number of access in-profile and out-of-profile packets/octets forwarded |
Total Access dropped Packets/Octets | The number of access in-profile and out-of-profile packets/octets dropped |
Statistic of Destination MDA | If the dest-mda keyword is specified in the show statistics command, displays the network and access ingress statistics from all source adapter cards going towards the fabric and destined for the specified adapter card. Global fabric statistics are also displayed, as well as the fabric port statistics if the destination adapter card has the collection of fabric statistics enabled. The sum of traffic forwarded or dropped is also displayed. |
Drop Events | The number of packets that are dropped from the buffer at the 7705 SAR-8 or 7705 SAR-18 adapter card or 7705 SAR-F port instead of being transferred to the fabric. Drop events only occur if an excessive amount of traffic is flowing through the ports, which causes the buffers to fill up; under normal circumstances, this statistic should always be 0. |
Unicast from Source MDA Packets/Octets | Network In Profile forwarded: the number of network in-profile packets/octets forwarded from any source adapter card toward the fabric, then to the destination adapter card specified in the show mda command 2 |
Network In Profile dropped: the number of network in-profile packets/octets dropped from any source adapter card toward the fabric, then to the destination adapter card specified in the show mda command 2 | |
Network Out Profile forwarded: the number of network out-of-profile packets/octets forwarded from any source adapter card toward the fabric, then to the destination adapter card specified in the show mda command 2 | |
Network Out Profile dropped: the number of network out-of-profile packets/octets dropped from any source adapter card toward the fabric, then to the destination adapter card specified in the show mda command 2 | |
Access In Profile forwarded: the number of access in-profile packets/octets forwarded from any source adapter card toward the fabric, then to the destination adapter card specified in the show mda command 2 | |
Access Out Profile forwarded: the number of access out-of-profile packets/octets forwarded from any source adapter card toward the fabric, then to the destination adapter card specified in the show mda command 2 | |
Access dropped: the number of access in-profile packets/octets and out-of-profile packets/octets dropped from any source adapter card toward the fabric, then to the destination adapter card specified in the show mda command 2 | |
Total Unicast Network forwarded Packets/Octets | The number of unicast network in-profile and out-of-profile packets/octets forwarded |
Total Unicast Network dropped Packets/Octets | The number of unicast network in-profile and out-of-profile packets/octets dropped |
Total Unicast Access forwarded Packets/Octets | The number of unicast access in-profile and out-of-profile packets/octets forwarded |
Total Unicast Access dropped Packets/Octets | The number of unicast access in-profile and out-of-profile packets/octets dropped |
Fabric Global Stats Packets/Octets 3 | If the dest-mda keyword is specified in the show mda statistics command, displays the global fabric statistics collected from the fabric. The statistics include all traffic switched over the fabric, which includes traffic to all adapter cards and all internal traffic such as traffic destined for the CSM. |
Unicast Forwarded: the number of forwarded unicast packets/octets switched over the fabric | |
Multicast Forwarded: the number of forwarded multicast packets/octets switched over the fabric | |
Total Forwarded: the total number of forwarded packets/octets switched over the fabric | |
Total Dropped: the total number of dropped packets/octets switched over the fabric |
Notes:
The following example shows an MDA fabric statistics display when the security encryption keywords are used. The security encryption keywords apply only to the 7705 SAR-18 and 7705 SAR-8 (with CSMv2). Refer to the “IPSec” section in the 7705 SAR OS Services Guide for more information on IPSec security.
Label | Description |
IPsec Datapath Statistics | |
Encrypted packets | The total number of packets encrypted by the adapter card to be sent out IPSec tunnels |
Encrypted bytes | The total number of bytes encrypted by the adapter card to be sent out IPSec tunnels |
Outbound dropped packets | The total number of outbound packets dropped instead of encrypted and sent out IPSec tunnels |
Outbound SA misses | The number of Security Association-related mismatches in the outbound direction |
Outbound policy entry misses | The number of security policy entry mismatches in the outbound direction |
Decrypted packets | The total number of decrypted packets |
Decrypted bytes | The total number of decrypted bytes |
Inbound dropped packets | The total number packets dropped instead of forwarded |
Inbound SA misses | The number of inbound Security Association-related misses (that is, having mismatched security parameter index (SPI) on manual keyed tunnel) |
Inbound IP dst/src mismatches | The number of security policy entry mismatches in the inbound direction due to IP destination or source address mismatches |
Transmit packet errors | The number of generic packet transmit errors |
Drop Too Big/Df-set Pkts | The number of packets dropped because the packet is too big and the do-not-fragment flag is set |
IPsec Control Statistics (System Wide) | |
Static IPsec Tunnels | The number of static IPSec tunnels configured on the 7705 SAR |
Dynamic IPsec Tunnels | Not applicable (always 0) |
IPsec Queue Statistics | |
Decryption Queue Best-effort | |
Hi Priority forwarded | The number of packets and octets forwarded by the decryption queue for high priority and best effort traffic |
Hi Priority dropped | The number of packets and octets dropped by the decryption queue for high priority and best effort traffic |
Low Priority forwarded | The number of packets and octets forwarded by the decryption queue for low priority and best effort traffic |
Low Priority dropped | The number of packets and octets dropped by the decryption queue for low priority and best effort traffic |
Decryption Queue Expedited | |
Hi Priority forwarded | The number of packets and octets forwarded by the decryption queue for high priority and expedited traffic |
Hi Priority dropped | The number of packets and octets dropped by the decryption queue for high priority and expedited traffic |
Low Priority forwarded | The number of packets and octets forwarded by the decryption queue for low priority and expedited traffic |
Low Priority dropped | The number of packets and octets dropped by the decryption queue for low priority and expedited traffic |
Encryption Queue Best-effort | |
In Profile forwarded | The number of packets and octets forwarded by the encryption queue for in-profile and best effort traffic |
In Profile dropped | The number of packets and octets dropped by the encryption queue for in-profile and best effort traffic |
Out Profile forwarded | The number of packets and octets forwarded by the encryption queue for out-of-profile and best effort traffic |
Out Profile dropped | The number of packets and octets dropped by the encryption queue for out-of-profile and best effort traffic |
Encryption Queue Expedited | |
In Profile forwarded | The number of packets and octets forwarded by the encryption queue for in-profile and expedited traffic |
In Profile dropped | The number of packets and octets dropped by the encryption queue for in-profile and expedited traffic |
Out Profile forwarded | The number of packets and octets forwarded by the encryption queue for out-of-profile and expedited traffic |
Out Profile dropped | The number of packets and octets dropped by the encryption queue for out-of-profile and expedited traffic |
Encryption Queue CTL | |
Forwarded | The number of packets and octets forwarded by the encryption queue for control path traffic |
Dropped | The number of packets and octets dropped by the encryption queue for control path traffic |
The following example shows an MDA fabric statistics display if the with-fabric-stats keyword is used.
Label | Description |
Slot | The chassis slot number |
MDA | The adapter card slot number |
Provisioned Mda-type | The provisioned adapter card type |
Equipped Mda-type | The adapter card type actually installed |
Admin State | up: the adapter card is administratively up |
down: the adapter card is administratively down | |
Operational State | up: the adapter card is operationally up down: the adapter card is operationally down provisioned: there is no adapter card in the slot but it has been preconfigured failed: the provisioned adapter card has operationally failed |
The following example shows aggregate statistics for access and network ingress fabric traffic on the 7705 SAR-M when the aggregate-statistics keyword is used. The displays on the 7705 SAR-A, 7705 SAR-W, 7705 SAR-Wx, 7705 SAR-H, and 7705 SAR-Hc look similar. Additionally, on the 7705 SAR-W, 7705 SAR-Wx, 7705 SAR-H, and 7705 SAR-Hc, the display includes IPSec security statistics. Refer to the “IPSec” section in the 7705 SAR OS Services Guide for more information on IPSec security.
The following example shows the inclusion of IPSec security statistics on 7705 SAR-W, 7705 SAR-Wx, 7705 SAR-H, and 7705 SAR-Hc displays.
Label | Description |
Drop Events | The number of packets that are dropped from the buffer at the port instead of being transferred to the fabric. Drop events only occur if an excessive amount of traffic is flowing through the ports, which causes the buffers to fill up; under normal circumstances, this statistic should always be 0. |
Unicast from all MDA’s to Destination MDA Packets/Octets | Network In Profile forwarded: number of network in-profile packets/octets forwarded from any source adapter card toward the fabric, then to the destination adapter card specified in the show mda command |
Network In Profile dropped: number of network in-profile packets/octets dropped from any source adapter card toward the fabric, then to the destination adapter card specified in the show mda command | |
Network Out Profile forwarded: number of network out-of-profile packets/octets forwarded from any source adapter card toward the fabric, then to the destination adapter card specified in the show mda command | |
Network Out Profile dropped: the number of network out-of-profile packets/octets dropped from any source adapter card toward the fabric, then to the destination adapter card specified in the show mda command | |
Access In Profile forwarded: number of access in-profile packets/octets forwarded from any source adapter card toward the fabric, then to the destination adapter card specified in the show mda command | |
Access Out Profile forwarded: the number of access out-of-profile packets/octets forwarded from any source adapter card toward the fabric, then to the destination adapter card specified in the show mda command | |
Access dropped: the number of access packets/octets dropped from any source adapter card toward the fabric, then to the destination adapter card specified in the show mda command | |
Multicast from All MDA’s Packets/Octets | Network In Profile forwarded: number of multicast network in-profile packets/octets forwarded from any source adapter card toward the fabric, then to the destination adapter card specified in the show mda command |
Network In Profile dropped: number of multicast network in-profile packets/octets dropped from any source adapter card toward the fabric, then to the destination adapter card specified in the show mda command | |
Network Out Profile forwarded: number of multicast network out-of-profile packets/octets forwarded from any source adapter card toward the fabric, then to the destination adapter card specified in the show mda command | |
Network Out Profile dropped: the number of multicast network out-of-profile packets/octets dropped from any source adapter card toward the fabric, then to the destination adapter card specified in the show mda command | |
Access In Profile forwarded: number of multicast access in-profile packets/octets forwarded from any source adapter card toward the fabric, then to the destination adapter card specified in the show mda command | |
Access Out Profile forwarded: the number of multicast access out-of-profile packets/octets forwarded from any source adapter card toward the fabric, then to the destination adapter card specified in the show mda command | |
Access dropped: the number of multicast access packets/octets dropped from any source adapter card toward the fabric, then to the destination adapter card specified in the show mda command | |
Total Network forwarded Packets/Octets | The number of network in-profile and out-of-profile packets/octets forwarded |
Total Network dropped Packets/Octets | The number of network in-profile and out-of-profile packets/octets dropped |
Total Access forwarded Packets/Octets | The number of access in-profile and out-of-profile packets/octets forwarded |
Total Access dropped Packets/Octets | The number of access in-profile and out-of-profile packets/octets dropped |
Aggregated Security Statistics See Table 32 |
This command displays the forwarding database (FDB) for the specified MAC address or ring port, or all FDBs associated with the specified ring adapter card.
The following output is an example of FDB information, and Table 35 describes the fields.
Label | Description |
Ring MDA Forwarding Database | |
MAC | The MAC address of any matching entry |
Port | The port identifier of any matching entry |
Type | The type of matching entry |
No. of Entries: | The total number of MAC addresses currently in all FDBs on the adapter card, which includes host, static, and dynamic addresses |
Learning: | The configured state of the learning capabilities: Enabled or Disabled |
Ageing: | The configured state of the aging capabilities: Enabled or Disabled |
Remote age time | The age time setting of the remote device, in seconds |
Discard unknown source: | The configured state of the discard capability for packets arriving from an unknown source: Enabled or Disabled |
Table Size | The table size of the dynamic FDB table |
High water Mark | The high-water-mark setting for the FDB table, in percentage of table-size |
1/mda/port, Mac pinning Disabled. | The configured state of the MAC pinning capability: Enabled or Disabled |
This command displays external alarm information for 7705 SAR Ethernet ports, for the Auxiliary Alarm card, or the External Alarms connector on the Fan module of the 7705 SAR-8, the Alarm module of the 7705 SAR-18, or the faceplate of the 7705 SAR-F, 7705 SAR-M, 7705 SAR-H and 7705 SAR-Hc chassis.
where:
slot = card slot number for IOM (always 1 on the 7705 SAR)
mda = Ethernet adapter card or Auxiliary Alarm card slot number (for Ethernet modules or ports on platforms with no card slots, the mda slot number is preconfigured)
port = port number for Ethernet ports
d = digital input
a = analog input
alarm-num = alarm port number (1 to 24 for digital on the Auxiliary Alarm card, 1 to 4 for digital on the four chassis alarm inputs, 1 or 2 for analog)
name = optional name assigned to the input
Note:
If you configured a name for the alarm-input using the name option (see input command), you can use the configured name instead of the alarm-input identifier in the show command. |
relay-slot/mda.d-relay-num
where:
slot = slot number of the card in the chassis (always 1 on the 7705 SAR)
mda = Auxiliary Alarm card slot number
d = digital output
relay-num = output relay number (1 to 8)
Note:
If you configured a name for the alarm-output using the name option (see output command), you can use the configured name instead of the alarm-output identifier in the show command. |
The following outputs are examples of external alarm information:
Label | Description |
Admin Status | The administrative state of the alarm |
State | The current state of the alarm: ghost: no trigger equipment presently installed |
ok: no triggers are detected | |
alarm detected: alarm is outstanding | |
not monitored: alarm or all triggers are administratively disabled | |
Severity | The severity level for the specified alarm |
Description | An optional description of the alarm |
Thresholds | |
Analog Voltage | The analog voltage level threshold value for the specified alarm, in millivolts (0.000V) |
Operation | The analog voltage level threshold operational value: lt: a less-than value |
gt: a greater-than value | |
Actions | |
Log Alarm | Whether or not raise/clear log events and SNMP traps are generated for the specified alarm |
Chassis Alarming | Whether or not output to chassis alarm relays and LEDs are generated for the specified alarm |
Trigger | The inputs that will trigger the alarm |
Type | The type of trigger (a digital input or analog input, or, for Ethernet ports, the operational state) |
Admin | The administrative state of the trigger |
Value | The current value of the alarm input:
|
Threshold State | The threshold state: ghost: no threshold is present |
not monitored: the threshold is administratively disabled | |
ok: the threshold is enabled | |
detected: the threshold has been crossed | |
Triggers Req'd | The trigger condition that is required to raise an alarm: any: any configured input trigger is required to raise an alarm |
all: all configured input triggers are required to raise an alarm |
Label | Description |
External Alarm Input Summary | |
Input Id | The alarm input identifier |
Name | The name of the alarm input |
Type | The type of input: digital, analog, or oper-state (for Ethernet ports) |
Admin | The administrative state of the alarm input |
Value | The current value of the alarm input:
|
Alarm State | The current state of the alarm input: ghost: no trigger equipment presently installed |
ok: no triggers are detected | |
alarm detected: alarm is outstanding | |
not monitored: alarm or all triggers are administratively disabled |
Label | Description |
Input alarm input Detail | |
Name | The name of the alarm input |
Admin Status | The administrative state of the alarm input |
Alarm State | The current state of the alarm input: ghost: no trigger equipment is presently installed |
ok: no triggers are detected | |
alarm detected: alarm is outstanding | |
not monitored: alarm or all triggers are administratively disabled | |
Detect Debounce | The debounce time associated with the detection of the specified alarm input (not applicable to Ethernet ports) |
Clear Debounce | The debounce time associated with the clearance of the specified alarm input (not applicable to Ethernet ports) |
Port State | The value of the alarm input for Ethernet ports, either up or down |
Value | The current value of the alarm input:
|
Description | A description of the alarm input |
# | A summary of the alarms that are using this input as a trigger. Each input can be used for up to four alarms. |
Threshold | The threshold value:
|
Severity | The severity level for the specified alarm input: critical, major, minor, or warning |
Alarm Id | The alarm identifier (1 to 2147483647) |
Threshold State | The threshold state indicates whether the input state contributes to the alarm: detected: this input triggers the alarm into an alarm-detected state |
ok: this input does not trigger the alarm into an alarm-detected state |
Label | Description |
Output Relay Summary | |
Output Id | The output relay identification |
Name | The name of the output relay |
Type | The output type is digital |
Admin | The administrative state of the alarm output relay When the digital output relay output state is set to no shutdown, the normally closed contacts open and the normally open contacts close. The digital output displays a digital output administrative status of up and the state of active (the output relay is energized). When the digital output relay output state is set to shutdown, the normally closed contacts close and the normally open contacts open. The digital output displays a digital output administrative status of down and the state of off (the output relay is not energized). |
State | The current state of the alarm output relay: ghost: no equipment is installed |
off: the output relay is not energized (it is administratively disabled) | |
active: the output relay is energized (active) |
Label | Description |
Output relay-x/x.d-x Detail | |
Name | The name of the output relay |
Admin | The administrative state of the alarm output relay When the digital output relay output state is set to no shutdown, the normally closed contacts open and the normally open contacts close. The digital output displays a digital output administrative status of up and the state of active (the output relay is energized). When the digital output relay output state is set to shutdown, the normally closed contacts close and the normally open contacts open. The digital output displays a digital output administrative status of down and the state of off (the output relay is not energized). |
State | The current state of the alarm output relay: ghost: no equipment is installed |
off: the output relay is not energized (it is administratively disabled) | |
active: the output relay is energized (active) | |
Description | The description for the output relay |
Label | Description |
External Alarm Names | |
Name | The alarm name |
Alarm/Relay | The name of the alarm input or output relay |
Type | The alarm input type (digital input, analog input, or oper-state) or output relay type (digital output) |
Admin | The administrative state of the alarm input or output relay |
State | The current state of the alarm input or output relay. For an alarm input: ghost: no trigger equipment is presently installed |
ok: no triggers are detected | |
alarm detected: alarm is outstanding | |
not monitored: alarm or all triggers are administratively disabled | |
For an alarm output relay: ghost: no equipment is installed | |
off: the output relay is not energized (it is administratively disabled) | |
active: the output relay is energized (active) | |
Value | The current value of the alarm input (this field is not applicable to outputs because the value is based on how the Auxiliary Alarm card or External Alarm connector is wired to the external equipment):
|
This command displays information pertaining to a microwave link or an MPR-e radio.
The following outputs are examples of microwave link and MPR-e radio information:
Label | Description |
Microwave Link | |
Description | The microwave link description |
Interface | The microwave link interface |
IfIndex | The microwave link interface index number, which reflects its initialization sequence |
Admin State | The microwave link interface administrative state |
Mode | The microwave link interface mode |
Oper State | The microwave link interface operational state |
Oper Flag | The microwave link interface operational flag |
Last State Change | The last time that the operational status of the microwave link interface changed state |
Configured Address | The configured microwave link interface address |
Hardware Address | The configured microwave link interface hardware or system-assigned MAC address |
Link Alarm Synthesis | The microwave link alarm synthesis, |
Protection | The configured microwave link protection |
Type | The type of protection scheme |
Activity | The type of MPR-e radio activity, either main or spare |
Revert | Whether or not revertive switching has been configured on the microwave link |
Main Command | The type of command configured on the main MPR-e radio, either forced or automatic |
Spare Command | The type of command configured on the spare MPR-e radio, either forced or automatic |
Abnormal Condition | Whether an abnormal condition has been detected |
Port | The 7705 SAR-8 or 7705 SAR-18 port configured for an MPR-e radio. |
Name | The name configured for the MPR-e radio |
Type | The type of MPR-e radio |
Link | The microwave link ID associated with the MPR-e radio |
Role | The role of the MPR-e radio, either main or spare |
Tx State | The transmit state of the MPR-e radio |
Oper State | The operational state of the MPR-e radio |
Alarm State | The alarm state of the MPR-e radio |
Discovered Peer radio | |
NE Ip Address | The network element IP address of a peer radio |
Slot/Port | The slot and port of the peer radio |
Traffic Statistics | |
Octets Input/Output | The total number of input/output octets |
Packets Input/Output | The total number of input/output packets |
Discards Input/Output | The total number of input/output discards |
Queue Octets Input/Output | The number of input/output octets per queue |
Queue Packets Input/Output | The number of input/output packets per queue |
Queue Discards Input/Output | The number of input/output discards per queue |
Label | Description |
Microwave Radio | |
Name | The name configured for the MPR-e radio |
Interface | The port configured for the MPR-e radio |
Mode | The MPR-e radio mode, either standalone or Single NE |
Link | The microwave link ID associated with the MPR-e radio |
Role | The role configured for MPR-e radio, either main or spare |
Tx State | The transmit state of the MPR-e radio |
Oper State | The operational state of the MPR-e radio |
Database Filename | The MPR-e radio database filename |
Last State Change | The date and time of last operational state change of the MPR-e radio. |
IfIndex | The MPR-e radio interface index number, which reflects its initialization sequence |
Mgmt Last Up | The alarm state of the MPR-e radio |
Mgmt Last Lost | The alarm state of the MPR-e radio |
Radio Alarm Synthesis | The alarm state of the MPR-e radio |
Radio Information | The MPR-e radio information: Type Frequency Band Modules Software Company Id Mnemonic Hardware Part Number Common Language Equipment Identifier (CLEI) Code Software Part Number Factory Id Date Identifier Date Serial Number Customer Field |
Label | Description |
Power Measurements | |
Local Radio (Near End) TxPower (dBm) | The transmit power measurement of the near-end radio |
Local Radio (Near End) RSL (dBm) | The received power from the near-end radio |
Peer Radio (Far End) TxPower (dBm) | The transmit power measurement from the far-end radio |
Peer Radio (Far End) RSL (dBm) | The received power from the far-end radio |
Label | Description |
Microwave Radio Software Summary | |
Port | The port configured for the MPR-e radio |
Name | The name configured for the MPR-e radio |
Type | The type of MPR-e radio |
Link | The microwave link ID |
Role | The role of the MPR-e radio, either main or spare |
Software State | The state of the MPR-e radio software; the software states are:
|
Progress | The progress of the MPR-e radio software download |
This command displays port or channel information. If no command line options are specified, the show port command displays summary information for all ports on provisioned adapter cards.
Syntax | |||
port-id | slot[/mda[/port]] or slot/mda/port[.channel] | ||
where: | |||
slot | 1 | ||
mda | 1 to 6 | 7705 SAR-8 | |
1 to 12 and X1 to X4 | 7705 SAR-18 | ||
1 (Ethernet), 2 (T1/E1), or 3 (module) | 7705 SAR-M | ||
1 (Ethernet), 2 (module position 1), or 3 (module position 2) | 7705 SAR-H | ||
1 (Ethernet), 2 (RS-232) | 7705 SAR-Hc | ||
1 (Ethernet) or 2 (T1/E1) | 7705 SAR-A | ||
1 | 7705 SAR-W | ||
1 (Ethernet) | 7705 SAR-Wx Ethernet-only variant, and Ethernet and PoE+ variant | ||
2 (DSL) | 7705 SAR-Wx Ethernet and xDSL variant | ||
port | 1 to 2 | 2-port OC3/STM1 Channelized Adapter card ports | |
1 to 2 physical ports, 1 virtual port (designated as “v-port” or port 3) | 2-port 10GigE (Ethernet) Adapter card or 2-port 10GigE (Ethernet) module | ||
1 to 4 | 4-port OC3/STM1 Clear Channel Adapter card ports, 4-port OC3/STM1 Channelized Adapter card ports, or 4-port DS3/E3 Adapter card ports | ||
1 to 6 | 6-port E&M Adapter card ports, 6-port FXS Adapter card ports, 6-port Ethernet 10Gbps Adapter card ports, or 6-port DSL Combination module ports | ||
1 to 8 | 8-port Ethernet Adapter card ports, 8-port Gigabit Ethernet Adapter card ports, 8-port xDSL module ports, 8-port Voice & Teleprotection card ports, 8-port FXO Adapter card ports, or Packet Microwave Adapter card ports | ||
1 to 10 | 10-port 1GigE/1-port 10GigE X-Adapter card with card in 10-port 1GigE mode | ||
1 | 10-port 1GigE/1-port 10GigE X-Adapter card with card in 1-port 10GigE mode | ||
1 | GPS Receiver module GPS RF port | ||
1 to 12 | 12-port Serial Data Interface card ports | ||
1 to 16 | 16-port T1/E1 ASAP Adapter card ports | ||
1 to 32 | 32-port T1/E1 ASAP Adapter card ports | ||
1 to 7 (Ethernet), 1 to 16 (T1/E1), or 1 (module) | 7705 SAR-M | ||
1 to 8 (Ethernet) | 7705 SAR-H | ||
1 to 6 (Ethernet), 1 to 2 (RS-232) | 7705 SAR-Hc | ||
1 to 2 (RS-232 ports) | 4-port T1/E1 and RS-232 Combination module | ||
3 to 4 (T1/E1 ports) | 4-port T1/E1 and RS-232 Combination module | ||
1 to 12 (Ethernet) or 1 to 8 (T1/E1) | 7705 SAR-A | ||
1 to 5 (Ethernet) and vrtl-mgmt (in-band management) | 7705 SAR-W | ||
1 to 5 (Ethernet) (on the Ethernet-only variant and Ethernet and PoE+ variant) or 1 to 4 (Ethernet) (on the Ethernet and DSL variant, 1/2/1 to 1/2/4) | 7705 SAR-Wx | ||
channel | ds1, e1, codir, or tpif | for config>port>tdm information | |
em, fxo, or fxs | for config>port>voice information | ||
rs232, v35, or x21 | for config>port>serial information | ||
1 to 24 (DS1) or 1 to 32 (E1) | for config>port>tdm>channel-group information | ||
1 (E&M) | for config>port>voice>em>channel-group information | ||
1 (DS0) | for config>port>tdm>codir>channel-group, config>port>tdm>tpif>channel-group, config>port>voice>fxo>channel-group, and config>port>voice>fxs>channel-group information | ||
1 (RS-232, V.35, or X.21) | for config>port>serial>channel-group information |
The following outputs are examples of port information:
Label | Description |
Port ID | The port ID configured or displayed in the slot/mda/port format |
Admin State | Up: the administrative state is up |
Down: the administrative state is down | |
Link | Yes: a physical link is present |
No: a physical link is not present | |
Port State | Up: the port is physically present and has a physical link |
Down: the port is physically present but does not have a link | |
Ghost: the port is not physically present | |
None: the port is in its initial creation state or about to be deleted | |
Link Up: the port is physically present and has a physical link. When Link Up appears at the lowest level of a TDM tributary, it means the physical connection is active but the port is waiting before data traffic can flow. It is a waiting state and indicates that data traffic will not flow until it transitions to the Up state. | |
Link Down: the port is physically present but does not have a link | |
Cfg MTU | The configured MTU |
Oper MTU | The negotiated size of the largest packet that can be sent on the port or channel specified in octets |
LAG/Bndl | The Link Aggregation Group (LAG) or multilink bundle to which a TDM port is assigned |
Port Mode | network: the port is configured for transport network use |
access: the port is configured for service access | |
hybrid: the port is configured for hybrid use (transport network and service access per VLAN) | |
Port Encp | The encapsulation type on the port |
Port Type | The type of port or optics installed |
SFP/MDI MDX | The SFP type on an Ethernet port (Ethernet, Fast Ethernet, or GigE) |
Label | Description |
Port ID | The port ID configured or displayed in the slot/mda/port format |
Ingress Packets | The number of ingress packets coming into the port |
Ingress Octets | The number of ingress octets coming into the port |
Egress Packets | The number of egress packets transmitted from the port |
Egress Octets | The number of egress octets transmitted from the port |
Label | Description |
Ethernet Interface | |
Description | A text description of the port |
Interface | The port ID displayed in the slot/mda/port format |
Link-level | The type of link for which the port is configured |
Admin State | up: the administrative state is up |
down: the administrative state is down | |
Oper State | up: the operating state is up |
down: the operating state is down | |
Reason Down | Indicates that the port has gone down due to Link Loss Forwarding |
Physical Link | Yes: a physical link is present |
No: a physical link is not present | |
Single Fiber Mode | Yes: single fiber mode |
No: not single fiber mode | |
IfIndex | The interface's index number, which reflects its initialization sequence |
Last State Change | The last time that the operational status of the port changed state |
Last Cleared Time | The time since the last clear |
Configured Mode | network: the port is configured for transport network use |
access: the port is configured for service access | |
hybrid: the port is configured for hybrid use (transport network and service access per VLAN) | |
Dot1Q Ethertype | The Ethertype expected when the port's encapsulation type is dot1q |
QinQ Ethertype | The Ethertype expected when the port's encapsulation type is qinq |
Ing. Pool % Rate | The amount of ingress buffer space, expressed as a percentage of the available buffer space, that will be allocated to the port or channel for ingress buffering |
Net. Egr. Queue Pol | default: the default policy is used |
network: the network egress queue policy is used | |
Egr. Sched. Pol | The egress scheduling policy |
Net. Egr. ShaperPol | The network egress shaper policy ID |
Acc. Egr. ShaperPol | The access egress shaper policy ID |
Net. Scheduler Mode | The network scheduler mode |
Auto-negotiate | true: the link attempts to automatically negotiate the link speed and duplex parameters |
false: the duplex and speed values are used for the link | |
Config Phy-tx-clock | The mode used to establish timing control of a 1000Base-T port. The options are:
|
Oper Phy-tx-clock | The operational value of the MASTER-SLAVE relationship of the 1000Base-T physical layer transmit clock. The options are:
|
SapEgr.Unshaped-Cir | The CIR rate for the aggregate of all the unshaped 4-priority SAPs on the port |
Egress Rate | The maximum amount of egress bandwidth (in kilobits per second) that this Ethernet interface can generate |
LACP Tunnel | Indicates if LACP packet tunneling is enabled |
Loopback | The type of loopback configured on the port, either line, internal, or none |
Swap Mac Addr | Indicates if MAC address swapping is enabled |
Loopback Time Left | The number of seconds left in a timed loopback If there is no loopback configured or the configured loopback is latched, the value is unspecified If configured loopback is persistent, the value persistent. |
Sync. Status Msg. | Indicates whether or not Synchronization Status Messaging is enabled on the port |
Rx Quality Level | The Synchronization Status Messaging quality level value received on the port |
Code-Type | The Synchronization Status Messaging quality level code type |
Tx Quality Level | The Synchronization Status Messaging quality level value transmitted on the port |
Tx DUS/DNU | Indicates whether the transmission of the QL-DUS/DNU value in synchronization status messages is enabled or disabled on the port |
Configured Address | The base chassis Ethernet MAC address |
Hardware Address | The interface hardware- or system-assigned MAC address at its protocol sublayer |
Cfg Alarm | The type of alarms to be logged and reported for the Ethernet port |
Alarm Status | The current alarm state |
Oper Speed | The operating speed of the interface |
Config Speed | The configured speed of the interface |
Oper Duplex | full: the link is operating at full-duplex mode half: the link is operating at half-duplex mode |
Config Duplex | full: the link is set at full-duplex mode half: the link is set at half-duplex mode |
MTU | The size of the largest packet that can be sent/received on the Ethernet physical interface, specified in octets |
Hold time up | The link-up dampening time in seconds |
Hold time down | The link-down dampening time in seconds |
Encap Type | null: ingress frames will not use any tags or labels to delineate a service |
dot1q: ingress frames carry 802.1Q tags, where each tag signifies a different service | |
qinq: ingress frames carry two 802.1Q tags, where the outer tag is the service provider tag and the inner tag is the customer service tag | |
Egr. Pool % Rate | The amount of egress buffer space, expressed as a percentage of the available buffer space, that will be allocated to the port or channel for egress buffering |
MDI/MDX | Ethernet type |
Transceiver Type | The type of transceiver (SFP) |
The following information is provided for a configured SFP:
| |
Transceiver Digital Diagnostic Monitoring (DDM), Externally Calibrated | |
SFP manufacturers specifications guidelines contained in specification SFF-8472, for the following:
For the above categories, the following values are shown:
If alarms/warnings are raised, there will be an "!" in the output | |
Traffic Statistics | |
Octets Input/Output | The total number of octets received and transmitted on the port |
Packets Input/Output | The number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Errors Input/Output | For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of inbound packets that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher-layer protocol. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces, the number of inbound transmission units that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher-layer protocol. For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of outbound packets that could not be transmitted because of errors. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces, the number of outbound transmission units that could not be transmitted because of errors. |
Port Statistics | |
Unicast packets Input/Output | The number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Multicast packets Input/Output | The number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a unicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a unicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Broadcast packets Input/Output | The number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a unicast or multicast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a unicast or multicast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Discards Input/Output | The number of inbound packets chosen to be discarded to possibly free up buffer space |
Unknown proto discards Input/Output | For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of packets received via the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces that support protocol multiplexing, the number of transmission units received via the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For any interface that does not support protocol multiplexing, this counter will always be 0. Unknown proto discards do not show up in the packet counts. |
Port Discard Statistics | |
Inv L2 Packets Input | The number of invalid packets discarded due to an unknown Layer 2 ID |
Inv IP Packets Input | The number of invalid IP packets discarded |
CSM Ingress Queues Input | The number of incoming control packets discarded |
CSM Egress Queues Output | The number of outgoing control packets discarded |
Ethernet-like Medium Statistics | |
Alignment Errors | The total number of packets received that had a length (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) of between 64 and 1518 octets, inclusive, but that had either a bad Frame Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a non-integral number of octets |
FCS Errors | The number of frames received that are an integral number of octets in length but do not pass the FCS check |
SQE Errors | The number of times that the SQE TEST ERROR is received |
CSE | The number of times that the carrier sense condition was lost or never asserted when attempting to transmit a frame |
Too long Frames | The number of frames received that exceed the maximum permitted frame size |
Symbol Errors | For an interface operating at 100 Mb/s, the number of times there was an invalid data symbol when a valid carrier was present |
In Pause Frames | The number of IEEE 802.3x pause frames received for flow control; traffic is momentarily disrupted |
Sngl Collisions | The number of frames that are involved in a single collision, and are subsequently transmitted successfully |
Mult Collisions | The number of frames that are involved in more than one collision and are subsequently transmitted successfully |
Late Collisions | The number of times that a collision is detected later than one slotTime into the transmission of a packet |
Excess Collisns | The number of frames for which a transmission fails due to excessive collisions |
Int MAC Tx Errs | The number of frames for which a transmission fails due to an internal MAC sublayer transmit error |
Int MAC Rx Errs | The number of frames for which a reception fails due to an internal MAC sublayer receive error |
Out Pause Frames | The number of IEEE 802.3x pause frames sent for flow control; traffic is momentarily disrupted |
Label | Description |
Ethernet Interface | |
Description | A text description of the port |
Interface | The port ID displayed in the slot/mda/port format |
Oper Speed | The operating speed of the interface |
Link-level | Ethernet: the port is configured as Ethernet |
Config Speed | The configured speed of the interface |
Admin State | up: the port is administratively up |
down: the port is administratively down | |
Oper Duplex | The operating duplex mode of the interface |
Oper State | up: the port is operationally up |
down: the port is operationally down | |
Config Duplex | full: the link is configured to full-duplex mode |
half: the link is configured to half-duplex mode | |
Physical Link | Yes: a physical link is present |
No: a physical link is not present | |
MTU | The size of the largest packet that can be sent/received on the Ethernet physical interface, specified in octets |
Single Fiber Mode | Yes: single fiber mode |
No: not single fiber mode | |
IfIndex | The interface’s index number, which reflects its initialization sequence |
Hold time up | The link-up dampening time in seconds. The port link dampening timer value that reduces the number of link transitions reported to upper layer protocols. |
Last State Change | The last time that the operational status of the port changed state |
Hold time down | The link-down dampening time in seconds. The down timer controls the dampening timer for link down transitions. |
Last Cleared Time | The time since the last clear |
Configured Mode | network: the port is configured for transport network use |
access: the port is configured for service access | |
hybrid: the port is configured for hybrid use (transport network and service access per VLAN) | |
Encap Type | null: ingress frames will not use any tags or labels to delineate a service |
dot1q: ingress frames carry 802.1Q tags, where each tag signifies a different service | |
qinq: ingress frames carry two 802.1Q tags, where the outer tag is the service provider tag and the inner tag is the customer service tag | |
Dot1Q Ethertype | The protocol carried in a dot1q Ethernet frame |
Ing. Pool % Rate | The amount of ingress buffer space, expressed as a percentage of the available buffer space, that will be allocated to the port for ingress buffering |
Egr. Pool % Rate | The amount of egress buffer space, expressed as a percentage of the available buffer space, that will be allocated to the port for egress buffering |
Net.Egr. Queue Pol. | The number of the associated network egress queue QoS policy, or default if the default policy is used |
Auto-negotiate | true: the link attempts to automatically negotiate the link speed and duplex parameters |
false: the duplex and speed values are used for the link | |
MDI/MDX | Indicates the Ethernet interface type |
Config Phy-tx-clock | The mode used to establish timing control of a 1000Base-T port. The options are:
|
Oper Phy-tx-clock | The operational value of the master-slave relationship of the 1000Base-T physical layer transmit clock. The options are:
|
Egress Rate | The maximum amount of egress bandwidth (in kilobits per second) that this Ethernet interface can generate |
Ingress Rate | The maximum amount of ingress bandwidth (in kilobits per second) that this Ethernet interface can generate |
Down-when-looped | Enabled: The down-when-looped feature is enabled on the port |
Disabled: The down-when-looped feature is disabled on the port | |
Keep-alive | The time interval between keepalive PDUs transmitted toward the network during loop detection by the down-when-looped feature |
Loop Detected | Indicates whether a loop is detected on the port |
Retry | The minimum wait time before the port is re-enabled after it is brought down due to a loop detection |
Use Broadcast Addr | Indicates if the down-when-looped feature has been configured to compare the destination MAC address of received PDUs to the broadcast MAC address instead of the MAC address of the port |
Loopback | The type of loopback configured on the port, either line, internal, or none |
Swap Mac Addr. | Indicates if MAC address swapping is enabled |
Loopback Time Left | The number of seconds left in a timed loopback If there is no loopback configured or the configured loopback is latched, the value is unspecified. If configured loopback is persistent, the value persistent |
Cfm Loopback | Indicates if the CFM loopback is enabled |
PoE Mode | Indicates if the port is using Poe, PoE+, or if the PoE function is turned off (disabled) |
PoE Detection | Indicates the detection state of the PoE port |
PoE Class | Displays the class of the PoE device connected to the port, as defined in IEEE 802.3af |
PoE Fault Reason | Displays the reason the PoE port is down if a fault is detected |
PoE Maximum Power | Indicates the maximum amount of PoE power configured and available on the port |
PoE Power in Use | Indicates the amount of PoE power being used by the port |
Sync. Status Msg. | Whether or not Synchronization Status Messaging is enabled on the port |
Rx Quality Level | The Synchronization Status Messaging quality level value received on the port |
PTP Asymmetry | Indicates if PTP asymmetry is enabled |
Edge Timestamp | Indicates if the edge timestamp is enabled |
Timestamp Capable | Indicates if the port is timestamp-capable |
Configured Address | The base chassis Ethernet MAC address |
Hardware Address | The interface hardware- or system-assigned MAC address at its protocol sublayer |
Cfg Alarm | The type of alarms to be logged and reported for the port |
Alarm Status | The current alarm state |
Traffic Statistics | |
Octets input/output | The total number of octets received and transmitted on the port |
Packets input/output | The number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Errors input/output | For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of inbound packets that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher-layer protocol. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces, the number of inbound transmission units that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher-layer protocol. For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of outbound packets that could not be transmitted because of errors. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces, the number of outbound transmission units that could not be transmitted because of errors. |
Port Statistics | |
Unicast Packets | Unicast packets input/output: the number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Multicast Packets | Multicast packets input/output: the number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a unicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a unicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent |
Broadcast Packets | Broadcast packets input/output: the number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a unicast or multicast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a unicast or multicast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Discards | Discards input/output: the number of inbound packets chosen to be discarded to possibly free up buffer space |
Unknown Proto Discards | Unknown proto discards input/output: for packet-oriented interfaces, the number of packets received via the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces that support protocol multiplexing, the number of transmission units received via the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For any interface that does not support protocol multiplexing, this counter will always be 0. Unknown proto discards do not show up in the packet counts |
Port Discard Statistics | |
Inv L2 Packets Input | The number of invalid packets that are discarded due to an unknown Layer 2 ID |
Inv IP Packets Input | The number of invalid IP packets that are discarded |
CSM Ingress Queues Input | The number of incoming control packets discarded |
CSM Egress Queues Output | The number of outgoing control packets discarded |
Port Control Statistics | |
Ingress Queue CTL | The number of forwarded packets and octets, and the number of dropped packets, for the ingress control queue. For access ports, this statistic applies only to Ethernet cards. For network ports, this statistic applies to all adapter cards. |
Egress Queue CTL | The number of forwarded packets and octets, and the number of dropped packets, for the egress control queue. For access ports, this statistic applies only to Ethernet cards. For network ports, this statistic applies to all adapter cards. |
Ethernet-like Medium Statistics | |
Alignment Errors | The total number of packets received that had a length (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) of between 64 and 1518 octets, inclusive, but that had either a bad Frame Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a non-integral number of octets |
FCS Errors | The number of frames received that are an integral number of octets in length but do not pass the FCS check |
SQE Errors | The number of times that the SQE TEST ERROR is received |
CSE | The number of times that the carrier sense condition was lost or never asserted when attempting to transmit a frame |
Too long Frames | The number of frames received that exceed the maximum permitted frame size |
Symbol Errors | For an interface operating at 100 Mb/s, the number of times there was an invalid data symbol when a valid carrier was present |
In Pause Frames | The number of IEEE 802.3x pause frames received for flow control; traffic is momentarily disrupted |
Sngl Collisions | The number of frames that are involved in a single collision, and are subsequently transmitted successfully |
Mult Collisions | The number of frames that are involved in more than one collision and are subsequently transmitted successfully |
Late Collisions | The number of times that a collision is detected later than one slotTime into the transmission of a packet |
Excess Collisns | The number of frames for which a transmission fails due to excessive collisions |
Int MAC Tx Errs | The number of frames for which a transmission fails due to an internal MAC sublayer transmit error |
Int MAC Rx Errs | The number of frames for which a reception fails due to an internal MAC sublayer receive error |
Out Pause Frames | The number of IEEE 802.3x pause frames sent for flow control; traffic is momentarily disrupted |
Ethernet CFM Loopback Statistics | |
Cfm LbmRx | The number of LBMs received |
Cfm LbReplyTx | The number of LBRs transmitted |
Cfm LbmDropped | The number of LBMs dropped |
Label | Description |
Serial RS-232 Physical Interface | |
Description | A text description of the port |
Interface | The port ID displayed in the slot/mda/port format |
Port IfIndex | The interface’s index number, which reflects its initialization sequence |
Admin Status | up: the administrative state is up |
down: the administrative state is down | |
Oper Status | up: the operational state is up |
down: the operational state is down | |
Physical Link | Yes: a physical link is present |
No: a physical link is not present | |
Type | The type of serial interface |
Port Statistics | |
Packets input/output | The number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Discards input/output | The number of inbound packets chosen to be discarded to possibly free up buffer space |
Unknown proto discards input/output | For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of packets received at the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces that support protocol multiplexing, the number of transmission units received at the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For any interface that does not support protocol multiplexing, this counter will always be 0. |
Label | Description |
SONET/SDH interface | |
Description | A text description of the port |
Interface | The port ID displayed in the slot/mda/port format |
Speed | The speed of a SONET/SDH port |
Admin Status | up: the administrative state is up |
down: the administrative state is down | |
Oper Status | up: the operational state is up |
down: the operational state is down | |
Physical Link | Yes: a physical link is present |
No: a physical link is not present | |
Loopback Mode | The loopback mode on the port |
Single Fiber Mode | Yes: single fiber mode No: not single fiber mode |
Ing. Pool % Rate | The amount of ingress buffer space, expressed as a percentage of the available buffer space, that will be allocated to the port for ingress buffering |
Egr. Pool % Rate | The amount of egress buffer space, expressed as a percentage of the available buffer space, that will be allocated to the port for egress buffering |
APS group | The automatic protection switching group |
APS role | The automatic protection switching group role |
Clock Source | node: the link uses the internal clock when transmitting data loop: the link recovers the clock from the received data stream |
Framing | sonet: the port is configured for SONET framing sdh: the port is configured for SDH framing |
Last State Change | The last time that the operational status of the port changed state |
Port IfIndex | The interface’s index number, which reflects its initialization sequence |
Last Cleared Time | The time since the last clear |
DDM Events | Enabled: digital diagnostic monitoring events is enabled for the port Disabled: digital diagnostic monitoring events is disabled for the port |
J0 String | The section trace value that is sent to the far-end port |
Section Trace Mode | byte: the section trace in the SONET section header is set in bytes string: a text string is used to identify the SONET section header increment-z0: an incremental STM ID is configured instead of a static value |
Rx S1 Byte | The synchronization status message value of the received SONET/SDH S1 byte |
Rx K1/K2 Byte | The value of the received SONET/SDH K1/K2 byte |
Tx S1 Byte | The synchronization status message value of the transmitted SONET/SDH S1 byte |
Tx DUS/DNU | Indicates whether the transmission of the QL-DUS/DNU value in synchronization status messages is enabled or disabled on the port |
Rx J0 String (Hex) | The hex value of the received J0 |
Cfg Alarm | The type of alarms to be logged and reported for the SONET/SDH port |
Alarm Status | The current alarm state |
BER SD Threshold | The configured threshold for line signal degradation BER error rate, that when crossed determines the signal degradation and signal failure |
BER SF Threshold | The configured threshold for line signal failure BER error rate, that when crossed determines the signal degradation and signal failure |
Hold time up | The hold-timer value for link-up event dampening |
Hold time down | The hold-timer value for link-down event dampening |
Transceiver Type | SFP |
The following information is provided for a configured SFP:
| |
Transceiver Digital Diagnostic Monitoring (DDM), Externally Calibrated | |
SFP manufacturers specifications guidelines contained in specification SFF-8472, for the following:
For the above categories, the following values are shown:
If alarms/warnings are raised, an "!" is included in the output | |
Port Statistics | |
Packets input/output | The number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Discards input/output | The number of inbound packets chosen to be discarded to possibly free up buffer space |
Unknown proto discards input/output | For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of packets received at the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces that support protocol multiplexing, the number of transmission units received at the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For any interface that does not support protocol multiplexing, this counter will always be 0. |
Label | Description |
Voice Physical Interface | |
Description | A text description of the port |
Interface | The port ID displayed in the slot/mda/port format |
Port IfIndex | The interface's index number, which reflects its initialization sequence |
Admin Status | up: the administrative state is up |
down: the administrative state is down | |
Oper Status | up: the operating state is up |
down: the operating state is down | |
Physical Link | Yes: a physical link is present |
No: a physical link is not present | |
Type | The type of voice interface |
TLP Rx | The receive transmission level point value for the port |
Audio Wires | Four-wire or two-wire (for E & M only) |
TLP Tx | The transmit transmission level point value for the port |
Port Statistics | |
Packets Input/Output | The number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Discards Input/Output | The number of inbound packets chosen to be discarded to possibly free up buffer space |
Unknown Proto Discards Input/Output | For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of packets received at the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces that support protocol multiplexing, the number of transmission units received at the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For any interface that does not support protocol multiplexing, this counter will always be 0. |
Label | Description |
Voice Physical Interface | |
Description | A text description of the port |
Interface | The port ID displayed in the slot/mda/port format |
Port IfIndex | The interface's index number, which reflects its initialization sequence |
Admin Status | up: the administrative state is up |
down: the administrative state is down | |
Oper Status | up: the operating state is up |
down: the operating state is down | |
Physical Link | Yes: a physical link is present |
No: a physical link is not present | |
Type | The type of voice interface (fxo) |
Signaling Type | Loop Start (ls) or Loop Calling Disconnect Clear (lcdc) |
TLP Rx | The receive transmission level point value for the port |
Line Balance | nominal or 800 |
TLP Tx | The transmit transmission level point value for the port |
Port Statistics | |
Packets Input/Output | The number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Discards Input/Output | The number of inbound packets chosen to be discarded to possibly free up buffer space |
Unknown Proto Discards Input/Output | For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of packets received at the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces that support protocol multiplexing, the number of transmission units received at the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For any interface that does not support protocol multiplexing, this counter will always be 0. |
Label | Description |
Voice Physical Interface | |
Description | A text description of the port |
Interface | The port ID displayed in the slot/mda/port format |
Port IfIndex | The interface's index number, which reflects its initialization sequence |
Admin Status | up: the administrative state is up |
down: the administrative state is down | |
Oper Status | up: the operating state is up |
down: the operating state is down | |
Physical Link | Yes: a physical link is present |
No: a physical link is not present | |
Type | The type of voice interface (fxs) |
Signaling Type | Loop Start (ls) or Loop Calling Disconnect Clear (lcdc) |
TLP Rx | The receive transmission level point value for the port |
Line Balance | nominal or 800 |
TLP Tx | The transmit transmission level point value for the port |
Ring Generation | The frequency of the generated ring signal |
Port Statistics | |
Packets Input/Output | The number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Discards Input/Output | The number of inbound packets chosen to be discarded to possibly free up buffer space |
Unknown Proto Discards Input/Output | For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of packets received at the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces that support protocol multiplexing, the number of transmission units received at the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For any interface that does not support protocol multiplexing, this counter will always be 0. |
Label | Description |
Voice | |
Description | A text description of the port |
Interface | The port ID displayed in the slot/mda/port format |
Admin Status | up: the administrative state is up |
down: the administrative state is down | |
Oper Status | up: the operating state is up |
down: the operating state is down | |
Chan-grp IfIndex | The channel group’s index number, which reflects its initialization sequence |
Last State Change | Date and time of last state change |
Configured Mode | short, long, nominal or 800 |
Admin MTU | The configured MTU |
Physical Link | Yes: a physical link is present |
No: a physical link is not present | |
Encap Type | The transmit transmission level point value for the port |
Oper MTU | The negotiated size of the largest packet that can be sent on the port or channel specified in octets |
Traffic Statistics | |
Octets Input/Output | The total number of octets received and transmitted on the port |
Packets Input/Output | The number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Errors Input/Output | For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of inbound packets that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher-layer protocol. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces, the number of inbound transmission units that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher-layer protocol. For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of outbound packets that could not be transmitted because of errors. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces, the number of outbound transmission units that could not be transmitted because of errors. |
Port Statistics | |
Packets input/output | The number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Discards input/output | The number of inbound packets chosen to be discarded to possibly free up buffer space |
Unknown proto discards input/output | For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of packets received at the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces that support protocol multiplexing, the number of transmission units received at the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For any interface that does not support protocol multiplexing, this counter will always be 0. |
Label | Description |
SONET/SDH interface | |
Description | A text description of the port |
Interface | The port ID displayed in the slot/mda/port format |
Speed | The speed of a SONET/SDH port |
Admin Status | up: the administrative state is up |
down: the administrative state is down | |
Oper Status | up: the operational state is up |
down: the operational state is down | |
Physical Link | Yes: a physical link is present |
No: a physical link is not present | |
Loopback Mode | The loopback mode on the port |
Single Fiber Mode | Yes: single fiber mode No: not single fiber mode |
Ing. Pool % Rate | The amount of ingress buffer space, expressed as a percentage of the available buffer space, that will be allocated to the port for ingress buffering |
Egr. Pool % Rate | The amount of egress buffer space, expressed as a percentage of the available buffer space, that will be allocated to the port for egress buffering |
Clock Source | node: the link uses the internal clock when transmitting data loop: the link recovers the clock from the received data stream |
Framing | sonet: the port is configured for SONET framing sdh: the port is configured for SDH framing |
Last State Change | The last time that the operational status of the port changed state |
Port IfIndex | The interface’s index number, which reflects its initialization sequence |
Last Cleared Time | The time since the last clear |
DDM Events | Enabled: digital diagnostic monitoring events is enabled for the port Disabled: digital diagnostic monitoring events is disabled for the port |
J0 String | The section trace value that is sent to the far-end port |
Section Trace Mode | byte: the section trace in the SONET section header is set in bytes string: a text string is used to identify the SONET section header increment-z0: an incremental STM ID is configured instead of a static value |
Rx S1 Byte | The synchronization status message value of the received SONET/SDH S1 byte |
Rx K1/K2 Byte | The value of the received SONET/SDH K1/K2 byte |
Tx S1 Byte | The synchronization status message value of the transmitted SONET/SDH S1 byte |
Tx DUS/DNU | Indicates whether the transmission of the QL-DUS/DNU value in synchronization status messages is enabled or disabled on the port |
Rx J0 String (Hex) | The hex value of the received J0 |
Cfg Alarm | The type of alarms to be logged and reported for the SONET/SDH port |
Alarm Status | The current alarm state |
BER SD Threshold | The configured threshold for line signal degradation BER error rate, that when crossed determines the signal degradation and signal failure |
BER SF Threshold | The configured threshold for line signal failure BER error rate, that when crossed determines the signal degradation and signal failure |
Hold time up | The hold-timer value for link-up event dampening |
Hold time down | The hold-timer value for link-down event dampening |
The following information is provided for a configured SFP:
| |
Sonet Section | |
ES-S | The number of Errored Seconds errors |
SES-S | The number of Severely Errored Seconds errors |
SEFS-S | The number of Severely Errored Framing Seconds errors |
CV-S | The number of Code Violations errors |
LOS | The number of Loss of Signal errors |
LOC | The number of Loss of Clock errors |
LOF | The number of Loss of Frame errors |
OOF | The number of Out of Frame errors |
B1 Error | The number of B1 errors |
Sonet Line | |
ES-L | The number of Errored Seconds errors, at the near end and far end |
SES-L | The number of Severely Errored Seconds errors, at the near end and far end |
UAS-L | The number of Unavailable Seconds errors, at the near end and far end |
CV-L | The number of Code Violations errors, at the near end and far end |
AIS-L | The number of Alarm Indication Signal errors |
RDI-L | The number of Remote Defect Indication errors |
B2 Error | The number of B2 errors |
S1 Error | The number of S1 errors |
M1 Error | The number of M1 errors |
Port Statistics | |
Packets input/output | The number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Discards input/output | The number of inbound packets chosen to be discarded to possibly free up buffer space |
Unknown proto discards input/output | For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of packets received at the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces that support protocol multiplexing, the number of transmission units received at the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For any interface that does not support protocol multiplexing, this counter will always be 0. |
Label | Description |
Ethernet Interface | |
Description | A text description of the port |
Interface | The port ID displayed in the slot/mda/port format |
Oper Speed | The operating speed of the interface |
Link-level | Ethernet: the port is configured as Ethernet |
Config Speed | The configured speed of the interface |
Admin State | up: the port is administratively up |
down: the port is administratively down | |
Oper Duplex | The operating duplex mode of the interface |
Oper State | up: the port is operationally up |
down: the port is operationally down | |
Config Duplex | full: the link is configured to full-duplex mode |
half: the link is configured to half-duplex mode | |
Physical Link | Yes: a physical link is present |
No: a physical link is not present | |
MTU | The size of the largest packet that can be sent/received on the Ethernet physical interface, specified in octets |
IfIndex | The interface’s index number, which reflects its initialization sequence |
Hold time up | The link-up dampening time in seconds. The port link dampening timer value that reduces the number of link transitions reported to upper layer protocols. |
Last State Change | The last time that the operational status of the port changed state |
Hold time down | The link-down dampening time in seconds. The down timer controls the dampening timer for link down transitions. |
Configured Mode | network: the port is configured for transport network use |
access: the port is configured for service access | |
hybrid: the port is configured for hybrid use (transport network and service access per VLAN) | |
Encap Type | null: ingress frames will not use any tags or labels to delineate a service |
dot1q: ingress frames carry 802.1Q tags, where each tag signifies a different service | |
qinq: ingress frames carry two 802.1Q tags, where the outer tag is the service provider tag and the inner tag is the customer service tag | |
Dot1Q Ethertype | The protocol carried in a dot1q Ethernet frame |
QinQ Ethertype | The protocol carried in a qinq Ethernet frame |
Net.Egr. Queue Pol. | The number of the associated network egress queue QoS policy, or default if the default policy is used |
Net. Egr. ShaperPol | The network egress shaper policy ID |
Acc. Egr. ShaperPol | The access egress shaper policy ID |
Net. Scheduler Mode | The network scheduler mode |
Auto-negotiate | true: the link attempts to automatically negotiate the link speed and duplex parameters |
false: the duplex and speed values are used for the link | |
SapEgr.Unshaped-Cir | The CIR rate for the aggregate of all the unshaped 4-priority SAPs on the port |
NetEgr.Unshaped-Cir | The CIR rate for the aggregate of all the unshaped VLANs on the port |
Egress Rate | The maximum amount of egress bandwidth (in kilobits per second) that this Ethernet interface can generate |
LACP Tunnel | Indicates if LACP packet tunneling is enabled |
Down-when-looped | Enabled: The down-when-looped feature is enabled on the port |
Disabled: The down-when-looped feature is disabled on the port | |
Keep-alive | The time interval between keepalive PDUs transmitted toward the network during loop detection by the down-when-looped feature |
Loop Detected | Indicates whether a loop is detected on the port |
Retry | The minimum wait time before the port is re-enabled after it is brought down due to a loop detection |
Use Broadcast Addr | Indicates if the down-when-looped feature has been configured to compare the destination MAC address of received PDUs to the broadcast MAC address instead of the MAC address of the port |
Loopback | The type of loopback configured on the port, either line, internal, or none |
Swap Mac Addr. | Indicates if MAC address swapping is enabled |
Loopback Time Left | The number of seconds left in a timed loopback If there is no loopback configured or the configured loopback is latched, the value is unspecified. If configured loopback is persistent, the value persistent |
Cfm Loopback | Indicates if the CFM loopback is enabled |
Sync. Status Msg. | Whether or not Synchronization Status Messaging is enabled on the port |
Rx Quality Level | The Synchronization Status Messaging quality level value received on the port |
Code-Type | The Synchronization Status Messaging quality level code type, either SONET or SDH |
Tx Quality Level | The Synchronization Status Messaging quality level value transmitted on the port |
Tx DUS/DNU | Indicates whether the transmission of the QL-DUS/DNU value in synchronization status messages is enabled or disabled on the port |
Configured Address | The base chassis Ethernet MAC address |
Hardware Address | The interface hardware- or system-assigned MAC address at its protocol sublayer |
Cfg Alarm | The type of alarms to be logged and reported for the port |
Alarm Status | The current alarm state |
Transceiver type | The following information is provided for a configured SFP:
|
Transceiver Digital Diagnostic Monitoring (DDM), Externally Calibrated | |
SFP manufacturers specifications guidelines contained in specification SFF-8472, for the following:
For the above categories, the following values are shown:
If alarms/warnings are raised, there will be an "!" in the output | |
Traffic Statistics | |
Octets input/output | The total number of octets received and transmitted on the port |
Packets input/output | The number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Errors input/output | For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of inbound packets that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher-layer protocol. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces, the number of inbound transmission units that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher-layer protocol. For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of outbound packets that could not be transmitted because of errors. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces, the number of outbound transmission units that could not be transmitted because of errors. |
Ethernet Statistics | |
Broadcast Pckts | The number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a unicast or multicast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a unicast or multicast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Multicast Pckts | The number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a unicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a unicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Undersize Pckts | The total number of packets received that were shorter than 64 octets (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) but were otherwise well formed |
Oversize Pckts | The total number of packets received that were longer than 1518 octets (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) but were otherwise well formed |
Collisions | The best estimate of the total number of collisions on this Ethernet segment |
Drop Events | The total number of times that packets were detected as being dropped due to a lack of resources (not necessarily the total number of packets dropped) |
CRC/Align Errors | The total number of packets received that were between 64 and 1518 octets (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets) that had either a bad Frame Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a non-integral number of octets (Alignment Error) |
Fragments | The total number of packets received that were shorter than 64 octets (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets) that had either a bad Frame Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a non-integral number of octets (Alignment Error) |
Jabbers | The total number of packets received that were longer than 1518 octets (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets) that had either a bad Frame Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a non-integral number of octets (Alignment Error) |
Octets | Total number of octets received |
Packets | Number of packets received, broken down by size |
Port Statistics | |
Unicast Packets | Unicast packets input/output: the number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Multicast Packets | Multicast packets input/output: the number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a unicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a unicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent |
Broadcast Packets | Broadcast packets input/output: the number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a unicast or multicast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a unicast or multicast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Discards | Discards input/output: the number of inbound packets chosen to be discarded to possibly free up buffer space |
Unknown Proto Discards | Unknown proto discards input/output: for packet-oriented interfaces, the number of packets received via the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces that support protocol multiplexing, the number of transmission units received via the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For any interface that does not support protocol multiplexing, this counter will always be 0. Unknown proto discards do not show up in the packet counts |
Port Discard Statistics | |
Inv L2 Packets Input | The number of invalid packets that are discarded due to an unknown Layer 2 ID |
Port MTU Exceeded | Indicates that the port MTU has been exceeded |
Inv MPLS Labels | The number of MPLS labels discarded |
Inv IP Packets Input | The number of invalid IP packets that are discarded |
H. Policed Packets | The number of packets that are discarded due to hard policing |
CSM Ingress Queues Input | The number of incoming control packets discarded |
CSM Egress Queues Output | The number of outgoing control packets discarded |
Port Control Statistics | |
Ingress Queue CTL | The number of forwarded packets and octets, and the number of dropped packets, for the ingress control queue. For access ports, this statistic applies only to Ethernet cards. For network ports, this statistic applies to all adapter cards. |
Egress Queue CTL | The number of forwarded packets and octets, and the number of dropped packets, for the egress control queue. For access ports, this statistic applies only to Ethernet cards. For network ports, this statistic applies to all adapter cards. |
Ethernet-like Medium Statistics | |
Alignment Errors | The total number of packets received that had a length (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) of between 64 and 1518 octets, inclusive, but that had either a bad Frame Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a non-integral number of octets |
FCS Errors | The number of frames received that are an integral number of octets in length but do not pass the FCS check |
SQE Errors | The number of times that the SQE TEST ERROR is received |
CSE | The number of times that the carrier sense condition was lost or never asserted when attempting to transmit a frame |
Too long Frames | The number of frames received that exceed the maximum permitted frame size |
Symbol Errors | For an interface operating at 100 Mb/s, the number of times there was an invalid data symbol when a valid carrier was present |
In Pause Frames | The number of IEEE 802.3x pause frames received for flow control; traffic is momentarily disrupted |
Sngl Collisions | The number of frames that are involved in a single collision, and are subsequently transmitted successfully |
Mult Collisions | The number of frames that are involved in more than one collision and are subsequently transmitted successfully |
Late Collisions | The number of times that a collision is detected later than one slotTime into the transmission of a packet |
Excess Collisns | The number of frames for which a transmission fails due to excessive collisions |
Int MAC Tx Errs | The number of frames for which a transmission fails due to an internal MAC sublayer transmit error |
Int MAC Rx Errs | The number of frames for which a reception fails due to an internal MAC sublayer receive error |
Out Pause Frames | The number of IEEE 802.3x pause frames sent for flow control; traffic is momentarily disrupted |
Ethernet CFM Loopback Statistics | |
Cfm LbmRx | The number of LBMs received |
Cfm LbReplyTx | The number of LBRs transmitted |
Cfm LbmDropped | The number of LBMs dropped |
Note:
The 7705 SAR counts both Ethernet packets with errors and valid Ethernet packets under Ethernet port statistics. For each received errored packet, both aggregate Ethernet statistics and the errored Ethernet statistics are incremented. |
The show>port output for an Ethernet port in network mode is similar to the access mode output (see Ethernet Sample Output (access mode)) with the addition of a section for queue statistics. The sample output below shows only the queue statistics fields.
See Table 57 for field descriptions common to both access and network mode outputs.
Label | Description |
Queue Statistics | |
Ingress Queue | For the specified ingress queue, the number of packets and octets that are:
|
Unshaped Egress Queue | For the specified unshaped egress queue, the of number packets and octets that are:
|
Total Egress from all Shaped and Unshaped Queues | For all shaped and unshaped queues, the total number of egress packets and octets that are:
|
Egress Queue CTL | The number of forwarded packets and octets, and the number of dropped packets, for the egress control queue. |
Label | Description |
DSL Interface | |
Description | A text description of the port |
Interface | The port ID displayed in the slot/mda/port format |
US Rate | The trained rate of the DSL port in the upstream direction |
DS Rate | The trained rate of the DSL port in the downstream direction |
PortType | The type of DSL port installed |
Admin State | up: the port is administratively up |
down: the port is administratively down | |
Oper State | up: the port is operationally up |
down: the port is operationally down | |
BondingType | The DSL bonding type |
BondingState | up: DSL bonding is operationally up |
down: DSL bonding is operationally down | |
NtrDslLineID | The DSL line number that derives NTR |
AtmVpi | The ATM VPI used for traffic when DSL lines are trained in ATM mode |
NtrLockedStatus | The NTR lock status of the DSL line |
AtmVci | The ATM VCI used for traffic when DSL lines are trained in ATM mode |
NtrStdDev | The standard deviation of NTR clock errors over a 10-second period of the phase error between the encoded phase information (as present in the NTR field of the overhead frame) and the CPE regenerated NTR clock |
NtrMaxError | The maximum NTR phase error (after a lock has been declared), between the encoded phase information in the NTR field of the overhead frame and the CPE regenerated NTR clock |
NtrMinError | The minimum NTR phase error (after a lock has been declared), between the encoded phase information in the NTR field of the overhead frame and the CPE regenerated NTR clock |
NtrSampleClkPeri* | The sample clock period for NTR in nanoseconds This number, multiplied by the NtrErrHsty value, results in the phase error in nanoseconds between the encoded phase information in the NTR field of the overhead frame and the CPE regenerated NTR clock |
NtrErrHsty (*28 ns) | An array of bytes indicating the NTR phase error history Each byte represents the phase error between the encoded phase information in the NTR field of the overhead frame and the CPE regenerated NTR clock. The phase error values are expressed in clock ticks based on the NtrSampleClkPer* and are displayed as a signed integer in hexadecimal notation. The time interval between bytes is 1/16th of a second |
IfIndex | The interface’s index number, which reflects its initialization sequence |
MTU | The configured MTU |
Last State Change | The last time that the operational status of the port changed state |
Hold time up | The link-up dampening time in seconds |
Last Cleared Time | The time since the last clear |
Hold time down | The link-down dampening time in seconds |
Configured Mode | The configured port mode, either access or network |
Encap Type | null: ingress frames will not use any tags or labels to delineate a service |
dot1q: ingress frames carry 802.1Q tags, where each tag signifies a different service | |
Dot1Q Ethertype | The protocol carried in a dot1q Ethernet frame |
Ing. Pool % Rate | The amount of ingress buffer space, expressed as a percentage of the available buffer space, that will be allocated to the port for ingress buffering |
Egr. Pool % Rate | The amount of egress buffer space, expressed as a percentage of the available buffer space, that will be allocated to the port for egress buffering |
Net Egr. Queue Pol | The number of the associated network egress queue QoS policy, or default if the default policy is used |
Egress Rate | The maximum amount of egress bandwidth (in kilobits per second) that this interface can generate |
Down-when-looped | Enabled: The down-when-looped feature is enabled on the port |
Disabled: The down-when-looped feature is disabled on the port | |
Keep-alive | The time interval between keepalive PDUs transmitted toward the network during loop detection by the down-when-looped feature |
Loop Detected | Indicates whether a loop is detected on the port |
Retry | The minimum wait time before the port is re-enabled after it is brought down due to a loop detection |
Use Broadcast Addr | Indicates if the down-when-looped feature has been configured to compare the destination MAC address of received PDUs to the broadcast MAC address instead of the MAC address of the port |
Loopback | The type of loopback configured on the port, either internal or none |
Loopback Time Left | The number of seconds left in a timed loopback; if there is no loopback configured or the configured loopback is latched, the value is unspecified |
Cfm Loopback | Indicates if the CFM loopback is enabled |
Sync. Status Msg. | Indicates whether Synchronization Status Messaging is enabled on the port |
Rx Quality Level | The Synchronization Status Messaging quality level value received on the port |
Configured Address | The base chassis Ethernet MAC address |
Hardware Address | The interface hardware- or system-assigned MAC address at its protocol sublayer |
Label | Description |
GPON Interface | |
Description | A text description of the port |
Interface | The port ID displayed in the slot/mda/port format |
Admin State | up: the port is administratively up |
down: the port is administratively down | |
Oper State | up: the port is operationally up |
down: the port is operationally down | |
ONT Active SW Ver | The GPON module software version |
G984 Serial Number | The G984 serial number that is used for provisioning with the OLT |
IfIndex | The interface’s index number, which reflects its initializationsequence |
Last State Change | The last time that the operational status of the port changed state |
Last Cleared Time | The time since the last clear |
ONT Enet Speed | The Ethernet speed of the GPON module |
ONT Enet Status | The Ethernet status of the GPON module |
PON Status | The status of the PON |
MTU | The configured MTU |
Configured Mode | The configured port mode, either access or network |
Encap Type | null: ingress frames will not use any tags or labels to delineate a service |
dot1q: ingress frames carry 802.1Q tags, where each tag signifies a different service | |
Dot1Q Ethertype | The protocol carried in a dot1q Ethernet frame |
Ing. Pool % Rate | The amount of ingress buffer space, expressed as a percentage of the available buffer space, that will be allocated to the port for ingress buffering |
Net. Egr. Queue Pol | The number of the associated network egress queue QoS policy, or default if the default policy is used |
Net Scheduler Mode | The mode for servicing CoS queues; 16-priority scheduling is the only supported value |
Egress Rate | The maximum amount of egress bandwidth (in kilobits per second) that this interface can generate |
Down-when-looped | Enabled: The down-when-looped feature is enabled on the port |
Disabled: The down-when-looped feature is disabled on the port | |
Keep-alive | The time interval between keepalive PDUs transmitted toward the network during loop detection by the down-when-looped feature |
Loop Detected | Indicates whether a loop is detected on the port |
Retry | The minimum wait time before the port is re-enabled after it is brought down due to a loop detection |
Use Broadcast Addr | Indicates if the down-when-looped feature has been configured to compare the destination MAC address of received PDUs to the broadcast MAC address instead of the MAC address of the port |
Egr. Pool % Rate | The amount of egress buffer space, expressed as a percentage of the available buffer space, that will be allocated to the port for egress buffering |
Loopback | The type of loopback configured on the port, either line, internal, or none |
Loopback Time Left | The number of seconds left in a timed loopback If there is no loopback configured or the configured loopback is latched, the value is unspecified |
Cfm Loopback | Indicates if the CFM loopback is enabled |
Configured Address | The base chassis Ethernet MAC address |
Hardware Address | The interface hardware- or system-assigned MAC address at its protocol sublayer |
Traffic Statistics (These statistics are generated at the Ethernet port on the 7705 SAR-M backplane facing the GPON module and the 7705 SAR-W backplane facing the GPON SFP interface.) | |
Octets input/output | The total number of octets received and transmitted on the port |
Packets input/output | The number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Errors input/output | For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of inbound packets that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher-layer protocol. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces, the number of inbound transmission units that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher-layer protocol. For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of outbound packets that could not be transmitted because of errors. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces, the number of outbound transmission units that could not be transmitted because of errors. |
Ethernet Statistics (These statistics are generated at the Ethernet port on the 7705 SAR-M backplane facing the GPON module and the 7705 SAR-W backplane facing a GPON SFP interface.) | |
Broadcast Pckts | The number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a unicast or multicast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a unicast or multicast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Multicast Pckts | The number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a unicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a unicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Undersize Pckts | The total number of packets received that were shorter than 64 octets (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) but were otherwise well formed |
Oversize Pckts | The total number of packets received that were longer than 1518 octets (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) but were otherwise well formed |
Collisions | The best estimate of the total number of collisions on this Ethernet segment |
Drop Events | The total number of times that packets were detected as being dropped due to a lack of resources (not necessarily the total number of packets dropped) |
CRC/Align Errors | The total number of packets received that were between 64 and 1518 octets (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets) that had either a bad Frame Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a non-integral number of octets (Alignment Error) |
Fragments | The total number of packets received that were shorter than 64 octets (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets) that had either a bad Frame Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a non-integral number of octets (Alignment Error) |
Jabbers | The total number of packets received that were longer than 1518 octets (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets) that had either a bad Frame Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a non-integral number of octets (Alignment Error) |
Octets | Total number of octets received |
Packets | Number of packets received, broken down by size |
GPON ONT Current Interval Statistics | |
Ethernet (These statistics are generated at the Ethernet port on the GPON module facing the 7705 SAR-M backplane and at the Ethernet port on the GPON SFP interface facing the 7705 SAR-W backplane.) | |
Tx Frames | Total number of frames transmitted |
Tx Bytes | Total number of bytes transmitted |
Drop Frames Up | Total number of transmitted frames that were dropped |
Tx Mcast Frames | Total number of multicast frames transmitted |
FCS Errors | Total number of FCS errors |
Late Collisions | Total number of late collisions |
Rx Buf Overflow | Total number of buffer overflows on receive |
Sngl Collisions | Total number of single collisions |
SQE Test Errors | Total number of SQE test errors |
Int MAC Tx Errs | Total number of internal MAC transmit errors |
Alignment Errors | Total number of alignment errors |
Rx Frames | Total number of frames received |
Rx Bytes | Total number of bytes received |
Drop Frames Down | Total number of frames that were dropped downstream |
Rx Mcast Frames | Total number of multicast frames received |
Exc Collisions | Total number of excessive collisions |
Too Long Frames | Total number of frames that are too long |
Tx Buf Overflow | Total number of buffer overflows on transmission |
Mult Collisions | Total number of multiple collisions |
Deferred Tx | Total number of deferred transmissions |
CSE Count | Total number of carrier sense errors |
Int Mac Rx Errs | Total number of internal MAC receive errors |
Aggregate GEM (These statistics are generated at the GPON module facing the OLT/ISAM0 | |
Lost Frags Down | Aggregate number of lost GEM fragments transmitted |
Receive Frags | Aggregate number of GEM fragments received |
Transmit Blocks | Aggregate number of GEM blocks transmitted |
Bad Headers | Aggregate number of bad GEM headers received |
Lost Frags Up | Aggregate number of lost GEM fragments received |
Receive Blocks | Aggregate number of GEM blocks received |
Transmit Frags | Aggregate number of transmitted GEM fragments |
GPON ONT Previous Interval Statistics | |
Ethernet (These statistics are generated at the Ethernet port on the GPON module facing the 7705 SAR-M backplane and at the Ethernet port on the GPON SFP interface facing the 7705 SAR-W backplane.) | |
Tx Frames | Total number of frames transmitted |
Tx Bytes | Total number of bytes transmitted |
Drop Frames Up | Total number of transmitted frames that were dropped |
Tx Mcast Frames | Total number of multicast frames transmitted |
FCS Errors | Total number of FCS errors |
Late Collisions | Total number of late collisions |
Rx Buf Overflow | Total number of buffer overflows on receive |
Mult Collisions | Total number of single collision |
Deferred Tx | Total number of deferred transmissions |
CSE Count | Total number of carrier sense errors |
Int Mac Rx Err | Total number of internal MAC receive errors |
Aggregate GEM (These statistics are generated at the GPON module facing the OLT/ISAM) | |
Lost Frags Down | Aggregate number of lost GEM fragments transmitted |
Receive Frags | Aggregate number of GEM fragments received |
Transmit Blocks | Aggregate number of GEM blocks transmitted |
Bad Headers | Aggregate number of bad GEM headers received |
Lost Frags Up | Aggregate number of lost GEM fragments received |
Receive Block | Aggregate number of GEM blocks received |
Transmit Frags | Aggregate number of transmitted GEM fragments |
Port Statistics | |
Unicast Packets | Unicast packets input/output: the number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Multicast Packets | Multicast packets input/output: the number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a unicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a unicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent |
Broadcast Packets | Broadcast packets input/output: the number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a unicast or multicast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a unicast or multicast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Discards | Discards input/output: the number of inbound packets chosen to be discarded to possibly free up buffer space |
Unknown Proto Discards | Unknown proto discards input/output: for packet-oriented interfaces, the number of packets received via the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces that support protocol multiplexing, the number of transmission units received via the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For any interface that does not support protocol multiplexing, this counter will always be 0. Unknown proto discards do not show up in the packet counts |
Port Discard Statistics | |
Inv L2 Packets Input | The number of invalid packets that are discarded due to an unknown Layer 2 ID |
Port MTU Exceeded | Indicates that the port MTU has been exceeded |
Inv MPLS Labels | The number of MPLS labels discarded |
Inv IP Packets Input | The number of invalid IP packets that are discarded |
H. Policed Packets | The number of packets that are discarded due to hard policing |
CSM Ingress Queues | The number of incoming control packets discarded |
CSM Egress Queues Common | The number of outgoing control packets discarded |
Ethernet-like Medium Statistics | |
Alignment Errors | The total number of packets received that had a length (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) of between 64 and 1518 octets, inclusive, but that had either a bad Frame Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a non-integral number of octets |
FCS Errors | The number of frames received that are an integral number of octets in length but do not pass the FCS check |
SQE Errors | The number of times that the SQE TEST ERROR is received |
CSE | The number of times that the carrier sense condition was lost or never asserted when attempting to transmit a frame |
Too long Frames | The number of frames received that exceed the maximum permitted frame size |
Symbol Errors | For an interface operating at 100 Mb/s, the number of times there was an invalid data symbol when a valid carrier was present |
Sngl Collisions | The number of frames that are involved in a single collision, and are subsequently transmitted successfully |
Mult Collisions | The number of frames that are involved in more than one collision and are subsequently transmitted successfully |
Late Collisions | The number of times that a collision is detected later than one slotTime into the transmission of a packet |
Excess Collisions | The number of frames for which a transmission fails due to excessive collisions |
Int MAC Tx Errs | The number of frames for which a transmission fails due to an internal MAC sublayer transmit error |
Int MAC Rx Errs | The number of frames for which a reception fails due to an internal MAC sublayer receive error |
Ethernet CFM Loopback Statistics | |
Cfm LbmRx | The number of LBMs received |
Cfm LbReplyTx | The number of LBMs transmitted |
Cfm LbmDropped | The number of LBMs dropped |
Queue Statistics | |
Ingress Queue | In Profile forwarded/dropped |
Out Profile forwarded/dropped | |
Egress Queue | In Profile forwarded/dropped |
Out Profile forwarded/dropped |
Label | Description |
Ethernet Interface | |
Description | A text description of the port |
Interface | The port ID displayed in the slot/mda/port format |
Oper Speed | The operating speed of the interface |
Link-level | Ethernet: the port is configured as Ethernet |
Config Speed | The configured speed of the interface |
Admin State | up: the port is administratively up |
down: the port is administratively down | |
Oper Duplex | The operating duplex mode of the interface |
Oper State | up: the port is operationally up |
down: the port is operationally down | |
Config Duplex | full: the link is configured to full-duplex mode |
half: the link is configured to half-duplex mode | |
Physical Link | Yes: a physical link is present |
No: a physical link is not present | |
MTU | The size of the largest packet that can be sent/received on the Ethernet physical interface, specified in octets |
Single Fiber Mode | Yes: single fiber mode |
No: not single fiber mode | |
IfIndex | The interface’s index number, which reflects its initialization sequence |
Hold time up | The link-up dampening time in seconds The port link dampening timer value that reduces the number of link transitions reported to upper layer protocols |
Last State Change | The last time that the operational status of the port changed state |
Hold time down | The link-down dampening time in seconds. The down timer controls the dampening timer for link down transitions. |
Last Cleared Time | The time since the last clear |
DDM Events | Enabled: digital diagnostic monitoring events is enabled for the port |
Disabled: digital diagnostic monitoring events is disabled for the port | |
Configured Mode | network: the port is configured for transport network use |
access: the port is configured for service access | |
Encap Type | null: ingress frames will not use any tags or labels to delineate a service |
dot1q: ingress frames carry 802.1Q tags, where each tag signifies a different service | |
null&dot1q: applies only to port 1 and port 2 on the 2-port 10GigE (Ethernet) Adapter card and 2-port 10GigE (Ethernet) module. The encapsulation type for these ports is not user-configurable. | |
Dot1Q Ethertype | The protocol carried in a dot1q Ethernet frame |
VLAN Filter | The filter ID of the VLAN filter |
Ing. Pool % Rate | The amount of ingress buffer space, expressed as a percentage of the available buffer space, that will be allocated to the port for ingress buffering |
Egr. Pool % Rate | The amount of egress buffer space, expressed as a percentage of the available buffer space, that will be allocated to the port for egress buffering |
Net. Egr. Queue Pol. | The number of the associated network egress queue QoS policy, or default if the default policy is used |
Net. Scheduler Mode | The mode for servicing CoS queues; 16-priority scheduling is the only supported value |
Auto-negotiate | true: the link attempts to automatically negotiate the link speed and duplex parameters |
false: the duplex and speed values are used for the link | |
MDI/MDX | Ethernet type |
Config Phy-tx-clock | The mode used to establish timing control of a 1000Base-T port. The options are:
|
Oper Phy-tx-clock | The operational value of the master-slave relationship of the 1000Base-T physical layer transmit clock. The options are:
|
Egress Rate | The maximum amount of egress bandwidth (in kilobits per second) that this Ethernet interface can generate |
Ingress Rate | The maximum amount of ingress bandwidth (in kilobits per second) that this Ethernet interface can generate |
Ingress CBS (bytes) | Indicates the ingress committed buffer space |
Src-pause | A notification to slow down the transmission rate when it exceeds the bandwidth limit |
LACP Tunnel | Indicates if LACP packet tunneling is enabled |
Down-when-looped | Enabled: The down-when-looped feature is enabled on the port |
Disabled: The down-when-looped feature is disabled on the port | |
Keep-alive | The time interval between keepalive PDUs transmitted toward the network during loop detection by the down-when-looped feature |
Loop Detected | Indicates whether a loop is detected on the port |
Retry | The minimum wait time before the port is re-enabled after it is brought down due to a loop detection |
Use Broadcast Addr | Indicates if the down-when-looped feature has been configured to compare the destination MAC address of received PDUs to the broadcast MAC address instead of the MAC address of the port |
Loopback | The type of loopback configured on the port, either line, internal, or none |
Swap Mac Addr. | Indicates if MAC address swapping is enabled |
Loopback Time Left | The number of seconds left in a timed loopback If there is no loopback configured or the configured loopback is latched, the value is unspecified. If configured loopback is persistent, the value persistent |
Cfm Loopback | Indicates if the CFM loopback is high priority, low priority, dot1p, or disabled |
Cfm Loopback Vlan | Indicates the VLAN IDs for VLANs that have a CFM loopback enabled |
Sync. Status Msg. | Whether or not Synchronization Status Messaging is enabled on the port |
Rx Quality Level | The Synchronization Status Messaging quality level value received on the port |
PTP Asymmetry | Indicates if PTP asymmetry is enabled |
Edge Timestamp | Indicates if the edge timestamp is enabled |
Timestamp Capable | Indicates if the port is timestamp-capable |
Code-Type | The Synchronization Status Messaging quality level code type, either SONET or SDH |
Configured Address | The base chassis Ethernet MAC address |
Hardware Address | The interface hardware- or system-assigned MAC address at its protocol sublayer |
Cfg Alarm | The type of alarms to be logged and reported for the port |
Alarm Status | The current alarm state |
Traffic Statistics | |
Octets input/output | The total number of octets received and transmitted on the port |
Packets input/output | The number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Errors input/output | For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of inbound packets that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher-layer protocol. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces, the number of inbound transmission units that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher-layer protocol. For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of outbound packets that could not be transmitted because of errors. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces, the number of outbound transmission units that could not be transmitted because of errors. |
Ethernet Statistics | |
Broadcast Pckts | The number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a unicast or multicast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a unicast or multicast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Multicast Pckts | The number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a unicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a unicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Undersize Pckts | The total number of packets received that were shorter than 64 octets (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) but were otherwise well formed |
Oversize Pckts | The total number of packets received that were longer than 1518 octets (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) but were otherwise well formed |
Collisions | The best estimate of the total number of collisions on this Ethernet segment |
Drop Events | The total number of times that packets were detected as being dropped due to a lack of resources (not necessarily the total number of packets dropped) |
CRC/Align Errors | The total number of packets received that were between 64 and 1518 octets (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets) that had either a bad Frame Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a non-integral number of octets (Alignment Error) |
Fragments | The total number of packets received that were shorter than 64 octets (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets) that had either a bad Frame Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a non-integral number of octets (Alignment Error) |
Jabbers | The total number of packets received that were longer than 1518 octets (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets) that had either a bad Frame Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a non-integral number of octets (Alignment Error) |
Octets | Total number of octets received |
Packets | Number of packets received, broken down by size |
Port Statistics | |
Unicast Packets | Unicast packets input/output: the number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Multicast Packets | Multicast packets input/output: the number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a unicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a unicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent |
Broadcast Packets | Broadcast packets input/output: the number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a unicast or multicast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a unicast or multicast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Discards | Discards input/output: the number of inbound packets chosen to be discarded to possibly free up buffer space |
Unknown Proto Discards | Unknown proto discards input/output: for packet-oriented interfaces, the number of packets received via the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces that support protocol multiplexing, the number of transmission units received via the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For any interface that does not support protocol multiplexing, this counter will always be 0. Unknown proto discards do not show up in the packet counts |
Ethernet-like Medium Statistics | |
Alignment Errors | The total number of packets received that had a length (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) of between 64 and 1518 octets, inclusive, but that had either a bad Frame Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a non-integral number of octets |
FCS Errors | The number of frames received that are an integral number of octets in length but do not pass the FCS check |
SQE Errors | The number of times that the SQE TEST ERROR is received |
CSE | The number of times that the carrier sense condition was lost or never asserted when attempting to transmit a frame |
Too long Frames | The number of frames received that exceed the maximum permitted frame size |
Symbol Errors | For an interface operating at 100 Mb/s, the number of times there was an invalid data symbol when a valid carrier was present |
In Pause Frames | The number of IEEE 802.3x pause frames received for flow control; traffic is momentarily disrupted |
Sngl Collisions | The number of frames that are involved in a single collision, and are subsequently transmitted successfully |
Mult Collisions | The number of frames that are involved in more than one collision and are subsequently transmitted successfully |
Late Collisions | The number of times that a collision is detected later than one slotTime into the transmission of a packet |
Excess Collisns | The number of frames for which a transmission fails due to excessive collisions |
Int MAC Tx Errs | The number of frames for which a transmission fails due to an internal MAC sublayer transmit error |
Int MAC Rx Errs | The number of frames for which a reception fails due to an internal MAC sublayer receive error |
Out Pause Frames | The number of IEEE 802.3x pause frames sent for flow control; traffic is momentarily disrupted |
Ethernet CFM Loopback Statistics N/A | |
Queue Statistics | |
Egress Queue | In Profile forwarded/dropped |
Out Profile forwarded/dropped |
Label | Description |
Ethernet Interface | |
Description | A text description of the port |
Interface | The port ID displayed in the slot/mda/port format |
Oper Speed | The operating speed of the interface |
Link-level | Ethernet: the port is configured as Ethernet |
Config Speed | The configured speed of the interface |
Admin State | up: the port is administratively up |
down: the port is administratively down | |
Oper Duplex | The operating duplex mode of the interface |
Oper State | up: the port is operationally up |
down: the port is operationally down | |
Config Duplex | full: the link is configured to full-duplex mode |
half: the link is configured to half-duplex mode | |
Physical Link | Yes: a physical link is present |
No: a physical link is not present | |
MTU | The size of the largest packet that can be sent/received on the Ethernet physical interface, specified in octets |
Single Fiber Mode | Yes: single fiber mode |
No: not single fiber mode | |
IfIndex | The interface’s index number, which reflects its initialization sequence |
Hold time up | The link-up dampening time in seconds The port link dampening timer value that reduces the number of link transitions reported to upper layer protocols |
Last State Change | The last time that the operational status of the port changed state |
Hold time down | The link-down dampening time in seconds. The down timer controls the dampening timer for link down transitions. |
Traffic Statistics | |
Octets input/output | The total number of octets received and transmitted on the port |
Packets input/output | The number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Errors input/output | For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of inbound packets that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher-layer protocol. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces, the number of inbound transmission units that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher-layer protocol. For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of outbound packets that could not be transmitted because of errors. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces, the number of outbound transmission units that could not be transmitted because of errors. |
Ethernet Statistics | |
Broadcast Pckts | The number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a unicast or multicast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a unicast or multicast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Multicast Pckts | The number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a unicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a unicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Undersize Pckts | The total number of packets received that were shorter than 64 octets (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) but were otherwise well formed |
Oversize Pckts | The total number of packets received that were longer than 1518 octets (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) but were otherwise well formed |
Collisions | The best estimate of the total number of collisions on this Ethernet segment |
Drop Events | The total number of times that packets were detected as being dropped due to a lack of resources (not necessarily the total number of packets dropped) |
CRC/Align Errors | The total number of packets received that were between 64 and 1518 octets (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets) that had either a bad Frame Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a non-integral number of octets (Alignment Error) |
Fragments | The total number of packets received that were shorter than 64 octets (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets) that had either a bad Frame Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a non-integral number of octets (Alignment Error) |
Jabbers | The total number of packets received that were longer than 1518 octets (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets) that had either a bad Frame Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a non-integral number of octets (Alignment Error) |
Octets | Total number of octets received |
Packets | Number of packets received |
Packets of n Octets | Number of packets received, broken down by size |
Port Statistics | |
Unicast Packets | Unicast packets input/output: the number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Multicast Packets | Multicast packets input/output: the number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a unicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a unicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent |
Broadcast Packets | Broadcast packets input/output: the number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a unicast or multicast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a unicast or multicast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Discards | Discards input/output: the number of inbound packets chosen to be discarded to possibly free up buffer space |
Unknown Proto Discards | Unknown proto discards input/output: for packet-oriented interfaces, the number of packets received via the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces that support protocol multiplexing, the number of transmission units received via the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For any interface that does not support protocol multiplexing, this counter will always be 0. Unknown proto discards do not show up in the packet counts |
Port Discard Statistics | |
Inv L2 Packets Input | The number of invalid packets that are discarded due to an unknown Layer 2 ID |
Port MTU Exceeded Output | Indicates that the port MTU has been exceeded |
Inv MPLS Labels Input | The number of MPLS labels discarded |
Inv IP Packets Input | The number of invalid IP packets that are discarded |
H. Policed Packets Input | The number of packets that are discarded due to hard policing |
CSM Ingress Queues Input | The number of incoming control packets discarded |
CSM Egress Queues Output | The number of outgoing control packets discarded |
Ethernet-like Medium Statistics | |
Alignment Errors | The total number of packets received that had a length (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) of between 64 and 1518 octets, inclusive, but that had either a bad Frame Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a non-integral number of octets |
FCS Errors | The number of frames received that are an integral number of octets in length but do not pass the FCS check |
SQE Errors | The number of times that the SQE TEST ERROR is received |
CSE | The number of times that the carrier sense condition was lost or never asserted when attempting to transmit a frame |
Too long Frames | The number of frames received that exceed the maximum permitted frame size |
Symbol Errors | For an interface operating at 100 Mb/s, the number of times there was an invalid data symbol when a valid carrier was present |
In Pause Frames | The number of IEEE 802.3x pause frames received for flow control; traffic is momentarily disrupted |
Sngl Collisions | The number of frames that are involved in a single collision, and are subsequently transmitted successfully |
Mult Collisions | The number of frames that are involved in more than one collision and are subsequently transmitted successfully |
Late Collisions | The number of times that a collision is detected later than one slotTime into the transmission of a packet |
Excess Collisns | The number of frames for which a transmission fails due to excessive collisions |
Int MAC Tx Errs | The number of frames for which a transmission fails due to an internal MAC sublayer transmit error |
Int MAC Rx Errs | The number of frames for which a reception fails due to an internal MAC sublayer receive error |
Out Pause Frames | The number of IEEE 802.3x pause frames sent for flow control; traffic is momentarily disrupted |
Ethernet CFM Loopback Statistics | |
Cfm LbmRx | The number of LBMs received |
Cfm LbReplyTx | The number of LBRs transmitted |
Cfm LbmDropped | The number of LBMs dropped |
Queue Statistics | |
Add-drop Port Queue | In Profile forwarded/dropped |
Out Profile forwarded/dropped | |
Ingress Queue | In Profile forwarded/dropped |
Out Profile forwarded/dropped | |
Ingress Queue CTL | The number of forwarded packets and octets, and the number of dropped packets, for the ingress control queue. For access ports, this statistic applies only to Ethernet cards. For network ports, this statistic applies to all adapter cards. |
Egress Queue | In Profile forwarded/dropped |
Out Profile forwarded/dropped | |
Egress Queue CTL | The number of forwarded packets and octets, and the number of dropped packets, for the egress control queue. For access ports, this statistic applies only to Ethernet cards. For network ports, this statistic applies to all adapter cards. |
Label | Description |
TDM DS1 Interface | |
Description | A text description of the port |
Interface | The port ID displayed in the slot/mda/port format |
Type | The type of interface |
Admin Status | up: the port is administratively up |
down: the port is administratively down | |
Physical Link | yes: a physical link is present |
no: a physical link is not present | |
Signal Mode | The port signaling mode |
Last State Change | The last time that the operational status of the port changed state |
Loopback | The port loopback mode |
Remote Loop respond | The DS1 channel response to remote loopbacks |
Load-balance-algo | The load balance algorithm used on the port |
Cfg Alarm | The type of alarms to be logged and reported for the port |
Alarm Status | The current alarm state |
Hold time up | The hold-timer value for link-up event dampening |
Hold time down | The hold-timer value for link-down event dampening |
Sync. Status Msg. | The setting of SSM: enabled or disabled |
Tx DUS/DNU | The setting of tx-dus: enabled or disabled |
Ssm-bit | The Sa bit that carries the quality level value: Sa4 to Sa8 |
Rx Quality Level | The SSM QL value received on the interface |
Tx Quality Level | The SSM QL value transmitted on the interface |
Framing | The DS1 framing to be used for the port |
Oper Status | up: the port is operationally up |
down: the port is operationally down | |
Clock Source | loop-timed: the link recovers the clock from the received data stream node-timed: the link uses the internal clock when transmitting data adaptive: clocking is derived from the incoming pseudowire packets differential: clocking is derived from a common clock compared to differential clock recovery data in the RTP header in the TDM PW overhead |
Clock Sync State | The current state of the clock recovery function |
Channel IfIndex | The channel interface index number |
In Remote Loop | Whether incoming remote loopback is enabled |
Egr. Sched. Pol | The egress scheduling policy |
BER SD Threshold | The configured value of the BER SD threshold |
BER SF Threshold | The configured value of the BER SF threshold |
Traffic Statistics | |
Octets input/output | The total number of octets received and transmitted on the port |
Packets input/output | The number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Errors input/output | For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of inbound packets that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher-layer protocol. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces, the number of inbound transmission units that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher-layer protocol. For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of outbound packets that could not be transmitted because of errors. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces, the number of outbound transmission units that could not be transmitted because of errors. |
DS1/E1 Line | The DS1/E1 Line statistics |
ES | The number of Errored Seconds errors |
SES | The number of Severely Errored Seconds errors |
SEFS | The number of Severely Errored Framing Seconds errors |
UAS | The number of Unavailable Seconds errors |
CSS | The number of Controlled Slip Seconds errors |
PCV | The number of Path Code Violations errors |
LES | The number of Line Errored Seconds errors |
BES | The number of Bursty Errored Seconds alarms |
LCV | The number of Line Code Violations errors |
Transmit | The transmit statistics: FE-LOF: the number of far-end loss of frame errors AIS: the number of alarm indication signal errors |
Receive | The receive statistics: FE-LOF: the number of far-end loss of frame errors AIS: the number of alarm indication signal errors LOS: the number of loss of signal errors LOF: the number of loss of frame errors |
Looped | The number of looped packet errors |
DS1/E1 CAS Signalling Bits | The CAS signaling bit information |
Timeslot | The timeslot number (1 to 24 for DS1, 2 to 32 for E1) |
Rx ABCD | The signaling bits received in the timeslot, where each signaling bit is represented by a 1 (set) or a 0 (not set), and 0000 represents a timeslot that is in use but not receiving any signaling bits (for example, 1000 means that the A bit is set); “n/a” indicates timeslots not in use |
Tx ABCD | The signaling bits transmitted from the timeslot, where each signaling bit is represented by a 1 (set) or a 0 (not set), and 0000 represents a timeslot that is in use but not transmitting any signaling bits (for example, 1000 means that the A bit is set); “n/a” indicates timeslots not in use |
Port Statistics | |
Packets input/output | The number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a unicast, multicast, or broadcast address at this sublayer |
Discards input/output | The number of inbound packets chosen to be discarded to possibly free up buffer space |
Unknown proto discards input/output | For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of packets received via the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces that support protocol multiplexing, the number of transmission units received via the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For any interface that does not support protocol multiplexing, this counter will always be 0. Unknown proto discards do not show up in the packet counts. |
Label | Description |
Serial RS-232 Interface | |
Description | The description of the port |
Interface | The port ID displayed in the slot/mda/port.channel format |
Type | The type of serial interface |
Admin Status | up: the administrative state is up down: the administrative state is down |
Oper Status | up: the operational state is up down: the operational state is down |
Physical Link | yes: a physical link is present no: a physical link is not present |
Clock Source | The source of the transmit clock: slave: the source is remote |
Device Mode | The operational mode of the device: synchronous: the device transmits data continuously based on timing asynchronous: the device transmits data one character at a time; applies to RS-232 and X.21 interfaces only and is only applicable for subrate speeds of 38 400 b/s or less |
Speed | The speed of the interface: Values for RS-232 and X.21 interfaces in b/s: 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 56000 (600 b/s is supported on RS-232 interfaces only) Values for V.35 and X.21 interfaces, in kb/s: 64k, 128k, 256k, 384k, 512k, 640k, 768k, 896k, 1024k, 1152k, 1280k, 1408k, 1536k, 1664k, 1792k, 1920k |
Character Length | The number of data bits used to transmit a character; for asynchronous devices only |
Parity | The parity bit in a character; for asynchronous devices only |
Stop Bits | The number of stop bits used signify the end of a character; for asynchronous devices only |
Multi-Drop | The MDDB mode (RS-232 interfaces only): disabled: MDDB mode is off slave: device operates as an MDDB slave device |
Device Gender | The gender of the device: dce: the device is performing the role of the data communications equipment dte: the device is performing the role of the data terminal equipment |
Duplex | The duplex mode: half: single transmission path (supported only if multidrop data bridge is enabled) full: two independent transmission paths, one in each direction |
Data Position | The HCM data start position; applies to RS-232 and X.21 interfaces only |
S-Bit-Signaling | Indicates whether S-bit signaling is turned on or off; applies to RS-232 and X.21 interfaces only |
Last State Change | The last time the operational status of the port changed state |
Channel IfIndex | The channel group index number |
Loopback | The loopback mode for the port or channel: bidir-b: bidirectional loopback B takes place on the control card (CSM) side of the adapter card, and is closer to the system bidir-e: bidirectional loopback E takes place on the data device side of the adapter card, and is closer to the line none: there is no loopback done at the associated port or channel |
Hold time up | The hold-timer value for link-up event dampening |
Hold time down | The hold-timer value for link-down event dampening |
Cfg Alarm | The HCM alarms to be reported for RS-232 or X.21 interfaces: hcmOof: local HCM out-of-frame errors are raised and cleared hcmRai: HCM remote alarm indication events are raised and cleared |
Alarm Status | The current alarm status |
Serial Control Leads (The input and output leads, which carry control signals) | |
Inputs | The input control leads |
dtr-dsr [DTR] | The Data Terminal Ready/Data Set Ready input control lead (applicable only for RS-232 and V.35 interfaces) |
rts-dcd [RTS] | The Request To Send/Data Carrier Detect input control lead (applicable only for RS-232 and V.35 interfaces) |
alb-cts [ALB] | The Analog Loopback/Clear To Send input control lead (applicable only for RS-232 and V.35 interfaces) Not supported on the 4-port T1/E1 and RS-232 Combination module |
rdl-ri [RDL] | The Remote Digital Loopback/Ring Indicator input control lead (applicable only for RS-232 interfaces) Not supported on the 4-port T1/E1 and RS-232 Combination module |
c-i [C] | The Control/Indication input control lead (applicable only for X.21 interfaces) |
Cfg | The configuration of the input signaling leads:
|
Scans | The current scanned value of the input lead, either 0 (idle) or 1 (seized) |
Outputs | The output control leads |
dsr-dtr [DSR] | The Data Set Ready/Data Terminal Ready output control lead (applicable only for RS-232 and V.35 interfaces) Not supported on the 4-port T1/E1 and RS-232 Combination module |
dcd-rts [DCD] | The Data Carrier Detect/Request To Send output control lead (applicable only for RS-232 and V.35 interfaces) |
cts-alb [CTS] | The Clear To Send/Analog LoopBack output control lead (applicable only for RS-232 and V.35 interfaces) |
ri-rdl [RI] | The Ring Indicator/Remote Digital Loopback output control lead (applicable only for RS-232 interfaces) |
i-c [I] | The Indication/Control output control lead (applicable only for X.21 interfaces) |
Cfg | The configuration of the output signaling leads:
|
Drives | The current value set on the output lead, either 0 (idle) or 1 (seized) |
Traffic Statistics | |
Octets Input/Output | The total number of octets received and transmitted on the port |
Packets Input/Output | The number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Errors Input/Output | For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of inbound packets that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher-layer protocol. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces, the number of inbound transmission units that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher-layer protocol. For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of outbound packets that could not be transmitted because of errors. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces, the number of outbound transmission units that could not be transmitted because of errors. |
Port Statistics | |
Packets Input/Output | The number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Discards Input/Output | The number of inbound packets chosen to be discarded to possibly free up buffer space |
Unknown Proto Discards Input/Output | For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of packets received at the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces that support protocol multiplexing, the number of transmission units received at the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For any interface that does not support protocol multiplexing, this counter will always be 0. |
Label | Description |
Voice Interface | |
Description | The description of the port |
Interface | The port ID displayed in the slot/mda/port.channel format |
Type | The type of voice interface |
Admin Status | up: the administrative state is up |
down: the administrative state is down | |
Oper Status | up: the operational state is up |
down: the operational state is down | |
Physical Link | yes: a physical link is present |
no: a physical link is not present | |
Clock Source | node-timed: the link uses the internal clock when transmitting data |
Signaling Mode | The signaling mode used by the interface, either em or transmission-only |
Signal Mode | The network signaling transport scheme, either cas for em signaling or none for transmission-only signaling |
Fault Signaling | The type of fault signaling used by the channel, either idle or seized |
Idle Code | The ABCD signaling code to be transmitted when the channel is configured to transmit idle fault signaling |
Seized Code | The ABCD signaling code to be transmitted when the channel is configured to transmit seized fault signaling |
Last State Change | The last time the operational status of the channel changed state |
Channel IfIndex | The channel index number |
Loopback | The loopback mode for the channel: internal-analog, internal-digital, or none |
Voice E&M Signaling Leads | |
Inputs | The type of input signaling lead (M-lead), shown only if the signaling mode is E&M |
Cfg | The configuration of the input signaling lead: |
high: (the input signaling lead is assumed on) | |
low: (the input signaling lead is assumed off) | |
end-to-end: (the input signaling lead follows that of the remote end) | |
Scans | The current scanned value of the input lead, which can either be 0 (idle) or 1 (seized) |
Outputs | The type of output lead (E-lead), shown only if the signaling mode is E&M |
Cfg | The configuration of the output signaling lead: |
high: (the output signaling lead is forced on) | |
low: (the output signaling lead is forced off) | |
end-to-end: (the output signaling lead follows that of the remote end) | |
Drives | The current value set on the output lead, which can either be 0 (idle) or 1 (seized) |
Voice Signalling Bits | |
DS0 | The number of DS0 voice signaling bits |
Rx ABCD | The signaling bits received from the network side |
Tx ABCD | The signaling bits transmitted to the network side |
Voice Call Usage Statistics | |
The state of the channel (non-forwarding, out-of-service, idle, incoming, or outgoing), and voice call usage statistics Note: Non-forwarding means that the channel is in shutdown mode or has no SAP configured; incoming means that the call was received by the channel; outgoing means that the call was originated by the channel
Note: The only valid statistics for transmission-only mode are Idle Time and Out Of Service Time. When the system is in transmission-only mode and in a forwarding state, there is no signaling. To show that the system is active (that is, not in an out-of-service state) the “Idle Time” counter is incremented. This is a design intent. | |
Traffic Statistics | |
Packets Input/Output | The number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Errors Input/Output | For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of inbound packets that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher-layer protocol. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces, the number of inbound transmission units that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher-layer protocol. For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of outbound packets that could not be transmitted because of errors. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces, the number of outbound transmission units that could not be transmitted because of errors. |
Port Statistics | |
Packets Input/Output | The number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Discards Input/Output | The number of inbound packets chosen to be discarded to possibly free up buffer space |
Unknown Proto Discards Input/Output | For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of packets received at the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces that support protocol multiplexing, the number of transmission units received at the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For any interface that does not support protocol multiplexing, this counter will always be 0. |
Label | Description |
Description | A text description of the port |
Interface | The port ID displayed in the format slot/mda/port.channel-group-id |
Timeslots | The number of timeslots that are part of this channel group |
Speed | The speed of the interface |
CRC | The checksum used for the channel group (16 or 32) |
Admin Status | Up: the port is administratively up |
Down: the port is administratively down | |
BER SF Link Down | Indicates whether or not BER SF Link Down is enabled |
Oper Status | Up: the port is operationally up |
Down: the port is operationally down | |
Remote Loop respond | Indicates if the channel will respond to requests for remote loopbacks |
Cfg Alarm | Indicates the alarms configured |
Last State Change | The last time the operational status of the port changed state |
Chan Grp IfIndex | The channel group index number |
Channel IfIndex | The channel interface index number |
Configured Mode | network: the port is configured for transport network use |
access: the port is configured for service access | |
Encap Type | The encapsulation type for the channel group (atm, cem, ipcp, ppp-auto, hdlc, or cisco-hdlc) |
Admin MTU | The configured MTU |
Oper MTU | The negotiated size of the largest packet that can be sent on the port or channel specified in octets |
Scramble | Whether payload scrambling is enabled on channel groups (only applicable if encap type is atm) |
Hold time up | The hold-timer value for link-up event dampening |
Hold time down | The hold-timer value for link-down event dampening |
Physical Link | Yes: a physical link is present |
No: a physical link is not present | |
Bundle Number | The number assigned to the multilink bundle |
Idle Cycle Flags | The value transmitted by the DS0, DS1, or E1 interface during idle cycles |
Clock Source | loop-timed: the link recovers the clock from the received data stream node-timed: the link uses the internal clock when transmitting data adaptive: clocking is derived from the incoming pseudowire packets |
Payload Fill Type | The payload type to be transmitted when the circuit emulation service is not operational or temporarily experiences underrun conditions (only valid for CESoPSN services) |
Payload Pattern | The user-defined pattern transmitted if the payload fill type is pattern |
Signal Fill Type | The signaling type to be transmitted when the circuit emulation service is not operational or temporarily experiences underrun conditions (only valid for CESoPSN with CAS) |
Signal Pattern | The user-defined pattern transmitted if the payload fill type is pattern |
Traffic Statistics | |
Octets input/output: the total number of octets received and transmitted on the port | |
Packets input/output: the number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. | |
Errors input/output: for packet-oriented interfaces, the number of inbound packets that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher-layer protocol. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces, the number of inbound transmission units that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher-layer protocol. For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of outbound packets that could not be transmitted because of errors. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces, the number of outbound transmission units that could not be transmitted because of errors. | |
Port Statistics | |
Packets input/output: the number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. | |
Discards input/output: the number of inbound packets chosen to be discarded to possibly free up buffer space | |
Unknown proto discards input/output: for packet-oriented interfaces, the number of packets received via the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces that support protocol multiplexing, the number of transmission units received via the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For any interface that does not support protocol multiplexing, this counter will always be 0. For ATM, this field displays cells discarded on an invalid vpi/vci. Unknown proto discards do not show up in the packet counts. |
Label | Description |
Description | A text description of the port |
Interface | The port ID displayed in the format slot/mda/port.channel-group-id |
Type | The type of interface |
Timeslots | The number of timeslots that are part of this channel group |
Speed | The speed of the interface |
CRC | The checksum used for the channel group (16 or 32) |
Admin Status | Up: the port is administratively up |
Down: the port is administratively down | |
Oper Status | Up: the port is operationally up |
Down: the port is operationally down | |
Last State Change | The last time the operational status of the port changed state |
Chan Grp IfIndex | The channel group index number |
Configured Mode | network: the port is configured for transport network use |
access: the port is configured for service access | |
Encap Type | The encapsulation type for the channel group (atm, cem, ipcp, ppp-auto) |
Admin MTU | The configured MTU |
Oper MTU | The negotiated size of the largest packet that can be sent on the port or channel specified in octets |
Scramble | Indicates whether payload scrambling is enabled on channel groups (only applicable if encap type is atm) |
CRC | Indicates the precision of the cyclic redundancy check: 16 — a 16-bit CRC calculation 32 — a 32-bit CRC calculation; 32-bit CRC increases the error detection ability, but it also adds some performance overhead |
Physical Link | Yes: a physical link is present |
No: a physical link is not present | |
Idle Cycle Flags | The value transmitted by the DS0, DS1, or E1 interface during idle cycles |
FEAC Loop Respond | Indicates whether the associated DS3 interface can respond to remote loop signals |
Cfg Alarm | The alarms that have alarm reporting enabled |
Alarm Status | The current alarm state (for example, stray, malformed, packet loss, overrun, underrun, remote packet loss, remote fault, or remote RDI) |
Framing | The DS3 framing mode |
Clock Source | loop-timed: the link recovers the clock from the received data stream node-timed: the link uses the internal clock when transmitting data adaptive: clocking is derived from the incoming pseudowire packets |
Port IfIndex | The interface’s index number, which reflects its initialization sequence |
oper MTU | The negotiated size of the largest packet that can be sent on the port or channel specified in octets |
Channelized | The level of channelization on the port |
Loopback | The port loopback mode |
In FEAC Loop | The remote loopback state |
Local MDL Information | The MDL strings sent by the near end |
Far End MDL Information | The MDL strings received from the far end |
Traffic Statistics | |
Octets input/output: the total number of octets received and transmitted on the port | |
Packets input/output: the number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. | |
Errors input/output: for packet-oriented interfaces, the number of inbound packets that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher-layer protocol. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces, the number of inbound transmission units that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher-layer protocol. For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of outbound packets that could not be transmitted because of errors. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces, the number of outbound transmission units that could not be transmitted because of errors. | |
Port Statistics | |
Packets input/output: the number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. | |
Discards input/output: the number of inbound packets chosen to be discarded to possibly free up buffer space | |
Unknown proto discards input/output: for packet-oriented interfaces, the number of packets received via the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces that support protocol multiplexing, the number of transmission units received via the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For any interface that does not support protocol multiplexing, this counter will always be 0. For ATM, this field displays cells discarded on an invalid vpi/vci. Unknown proto discards do not show up in the packet counts. |
Label | Description |
Description | A text description of the port |
Interface | The port ID displayed in the format slot/mda/port |
Port IfIndex | The interface’s index number, which reflects its initialization sequence |
Admin Status | Up: the port is administratively up |
Down: the port is administratively down | |
Oper Status | Up: the port is operationally up |
Down: the port is operationally down | |
Physical Link | Yes: a physical link is present |
No: a physical link is not present | |
Type | The type of interface |
Buildout | The line buildout (cable length) for the DS3 physical interface |
Hardware Address | The port’s hardware address |
Port Statistics | |
Packets input/output: the number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. | |
Discards input/output: the number of inbound packets chosen to be discarded to possibly free up buffer space | |
Unknown proto discards input/output: for packet-oriented interfaces, the number of packets received via the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces that support protocol multiplexing, the number of transmission units received via the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For any interface that does not support protocol multiplexing, this counter will always be 0. For ATM, this field displays cells discarded on an invalid vpi/vci. Unknown proto discards do not show up in the packet counts. |
Label | Description |
Adaptive Clock Recovery (ACR) Configuration | |
Clock Master PW | The SAP being used by the port for recovering the clock |
Clock Sync State | The current state of the ACR adaptive algorithm |
CEM SAP Configuration Information | |
Endpoint Type | The type of endpoint |
Bit-rate | The number of DS0s or timeslots in the channel group |
Payload Size | The number of octets contained in the payload of a TDM PW packet when the packet is transmitted |
Jitter Buffer | The size of the receive jitter buffer, expressed in milliseconds |
Use RTP Header | Whether RTP headers are used in CES packets (Yes or No) |
CAS Framing | The type of CAS framing |
Effective PDVT | The peak-to-peak packet delay variation (PDV) used by the circuit emulation service Since the operating system may adjust the jitter buffer setting in order to ensure no packet loss, the configured jitter buffer value may not be the value used by the system. The effective PDVT provides an indication that the PDV has been adjusted by the operating system. |
Cfg Alarm | The alarms that have alarm reporting enabled |
Alarm Status | The current alarm state (for example, stray, malformed, packet loss, overrun, underrun, remote packet loss, remote fault, or remote RDI) |
Internal Digital Phase Locked Loop (DPLL) Statistics | |
ACR DPLL Statistics | frequency offset mean: the ACR frequency offset mean for the previous 15 sets of 60-s intervals |
frequency offset stddev: the ACR frequency offset standard deviation for the previous 15 sets of 60-s intervals | |
phase error mean: the ACR input phase error mean and output DCO mean for the previous 15 sets of 60-s intervals | |
phase error stddev: the ACR input phase error standard deviation and output DCO standard deviation for the previous 15 sets of 60-s intervals | |
ACR State Statistics | |
Algorithm State Counts | normal: the number of 2-s intervals the ACR algorithm was in the normal state |
Phase-tracking: the number of 2-s intervals the ACR algorithm was in the phase-tracking state | |
Freq-tracking: the number of 2-s intervals the ACR algorithm was in the frequency tracking state | |
Holdover: the number of 2-s intervals the ACR algorithm was in the holdover state | |
Free-run: the number of 2-s intervals the ACR algorithm was in the free-run state | |
Events | ACR Calc Out of Range: the number of times the ACR algorithm was internally reset |
Prolonged ACR failure: the number of times the ACR algorithm was in the phase-tracking or holdover state for an extended period of time | |
Excessive Packet Loss: increments every 2-second interval that ACR is in the phase-tracking state and the tolerated packet loss threshold is exceeded | |
Excessive Phase Shift: increments each time the ACR algorithm transitions to the phase-tracking state from normal as a result of a phase shift above the tolerated shift level |
Label | Description |
802.1x Port Status | |
Port control | auto: the 802.1x authentication mode is configured as automatic. The port starts in an unauthorized state and stays in that state until the first supplicant is authenticated successfully. |
force-auth: 802.1 authentication is disabled and the port is automatically authorized | |
force-unauth: the port will always remain in the unauthorized state | |
Port status | authorized: the 802.1 port is authorized |
unauthorized: the 802.1 port is unauthorized | |
Authenticator PAE state | auto: the authenticator is set to the unauthorized state |
force-auth: the authenticator is set to the authorized state | |
force-unauth: the authenticator is set to the unauthorized state | |
Backend state | request: the backend authentication machine is in the request state |
response: the backend authentication machine is in the response state | |
success: the backend authentication machine is in the success state | |
fail: the backend authentication machine is in the fail state | |
timeout: the backend authentication machine is in the timeout state | |
idle: the backend authentication machine is in the idle state | |
initialize: the backend authentication machine is in the initialize state | |
Reauth enabled | Indicates whether reauthentication is enabled |
Max auth requests | The maximum number of authentication requests the 7705 SAR sends to the RADIUS server before declaring the port unauthorized |
Supplicant timeout | The number of seconds the 7705 SAR waits for a client to respond to an EAPOL message before considering the 802.1x authentication to have failed |
Quiet period | The period, in seconds, between two authentication sessions during which no EAPOL frames are sent by the 7705 SAR |
Radius-plcy | The name of the RADIUS policy used for 802.1x authentication |
Reauth period | The delay, in seconds, before the 7705 SAR attempts reauthentication |
Transmit period | The time, in seconds, that the 7705 SAR waits before sending a new EAPOL message |
Server timeout | The time, in seconds, that the 7705 SAR waits for the RADIUS server to respond to the access request message before resending the request message the number of times specified by the max-auth-req command |
802.1x Session Statistics | |
authentication method | remote-radius: the authentication method used to establish the session |
last session id | A unique identifier for the session, in the form of a printable ASCII string of at least three characters |
last session time | The duration of the session in seconds |
last session username | The username representing the identity of the supplicant PAE |
last session term cause | The reason for the session termination: supplicantLogoff: the supplicant logged off |
portFailure: there was a port failure | |
supplicantRestart: the supplicant state machine reinitialized | |
reauthFailed: the reauthentication attempt failed | |
authControlForceUnauth: the authentication mode was changed to always force unauthorized after being authorized | |
portReInit: the port was reinitialized | |
portAdminDisabled: the port was administratively disabled | |
notTerminatedYet: the session has not been terminated | |
user tx octets | The number of octets transmitted in user data frames on this port during the session |
user rx octets | The number of octets received in user data frames on this port during the session |
user tx frames | The number of user data frames transmitted on this port during the session |
user rx frames | The number of user data frames received on this port during the session |
802.1x Authentication Statistics | |
tx frames | The number of EAPOL frames of any type that have been transmitted by this authenticator |
tx req/id frames | The number of EAP-Request/ID frames that have been transmitted by this authenticator |
tx request frames | The number of EAP request frames (other than Request/ID frames) that have been transmitted by this authenticator |
rx start frames | The number of EAPOL-Start frames that have been received by this authenticator |
rx unknown frame type | The number of EAPOL frames that have been received by this authenticator in which the frame type is not recognized |
rx last version | The protocol version number carried in the most recently received EAPOL frame |
rx frames | The number of valid EAPOL frames of any type that have been received by this authenticator |
rx resp/id frames | The number of EAP-Response/ID frames that have been received by this authenticator |
rx response frames | The number of valid EAP response frames (other than Resp/ID frames) that have been received by this authenticator |
rx logoff frames | The number of EAP-Logoff frames that have been received by this authenticator |
rx bad eap length | The number of EAPOL frames that have been received by this authenticator in which the packet body length field is invalid |
rx last source mac | The source MAC address carried in the most recently received EAPOL frame |
802.1x Authentication Diagnostics | |
Enters Connecting | Counts the number of times that the state machine transitions to the CONNECTING state from any other state |
EapLogoffs While Connecting | Counts the number of times that the state machine transitions from CONNECTING to DISCONNECTED as a result of receiving an EAPOL-logoff message |
Success While Authenticating | Counts the number of times that the state machine transitions from AUTHENTICATING to AUTHENTICATED, as a result of the backend authentication state machine indicating successful authentication of the supplicant (authSuccess = TRUE) |
Timeouts While Authenticating | Counts the number of times that the state machine transitions from AUTHENTICATING to ABORTING, as a result of the backend authentication state machine indicating authentication timeout (authTimeout = TRUE) |
Failures While Authenticating | Counts the number of times that the state machine transitions from AUTHENTICATING to HELD, as a result of the backend authentication state machine indicating authentication failure (authFail = TRUE) |
Reauths While Authenticating | Counts the number of times that the state machine transitions from AUTHENTICATING to ABORTING, as a result of a reauthentication request (reAuthenticate = TRUE) |
EapStarts While Authenticating | Counts the number of times that the state machine transitions from AUTHENTICATING to ABORTING, as a result of an EAPOL-Start message being received from the supplicant |
EapLogoffs While Authenticating | Counts the number of times that the state machine transitions from AUTHENTICATING to ABORTING, as a result of an EAPOL-Logoff message being received from the supplicant |
Reauths While Authenticated | Counts the number of times that the state machine transitions from AUTHENTICATED to CONNECTING, as a result of a reauthentication request (reAuthenticate = TRUE) |
EapStarts While Authenticated | Counts the number of times that the state machine transitions from AUTHENTICATED to CONNECTING, as a result of an EAPOL-Start message being received from the supplicant |
EapLogoffs While Authenticated | Counts the number of times that the state machine transitions from AUTHENTICATED to DISCONNECTED, as a result of an EAPOL-Logoff message being received from the supplicant |
Backend Responses | Counts the number of times that the state machine sends an initial Access-Request packet to the authentication server (that is, executes sendRespToServer on entry to the RESPONSE state) Indicates that the authenticator attempted communication with the authentication server |
Backend Access Challenges | Counts the number of times that the state machine receives an initial Access-Challenge packet from the authentication server (that is, aReq becomes TRUE, causing an exit from the RESPONSE state) Indicates that the authentication server has communication with the authenticator |
Backend Requests To Supplicant | Counts the number of times that the state machine sends an EAP-Request packet (other than an Identity, Notification, Failure, or Success message) to the supplicant (that is, executes txReq on entry to the REQUEST state) Indicates that the authenticator chose an EAP-method |
Backend Non Nak Responses | Counts the number of times that the state machine receives a response from the supplicant to an initial EAP-Request, and the response is something other than EAP-NAK (that is, rxResp becomes TRUE, causing the state machine to transition from REQUEST to RESPONSE, and the response is not an EAP-NAK) Indicates that the supplicant can respond to the authenticator's chosen EAP-method |
Backend Auth Successes | Counts the number of times that the state machine receives an EAP-Success message from the authentication server (that is, aSuccess becomes TRUE, causing a transition from RESPONSE to SUCCESS) Indicates that the supplicant has successfully authenticated to the authentication server |
Backend Auth Failures | Counts the number of times that the state machine receives an EAP-Failure message from the authentication server (that is, aFail becomes TRUE, causing a transition from RESPONSE to FAIL) Indicates that the supplicant has not authenticated to the authentication server |
Label | Description |
Port Id | The port identifier |
Description | A text description of the port |
Label | Description |
Router/ServiceId | The service identifier |
Name | The name of the IP interface |
Encap Val | The dot1q, null, or qinq encapsulation value on the port for this IP interface |
Label | Description |
State Information | |
Transmit Link Identifier | The identifier of the IMA link used to transmit data |
Receive Link Identifier | The identifier of the IMA link used to receive data |
Near Rx Failure State | The failure state of the near-end receive link |
Far End Rx Failure State | The failure state of the far-end receive link |
Near End Tx State | The state of the near-end transmit link |
Near End Rx State | The state of the near-end receive link |
Far End Tx State | The state of the far-end transmit link |
Far End Rx State | The state of the far-end receive link |
Link Test State | The state of the link test procedure: Enabled or Disabled |
Rx Test Pattern | The received test pattern in an IMA link loopback operation (0 to 255) |
TC Sublayer Information | |
TC Alarm State | The alarm state for the traffic class of the IMA link |
HEC Errors (Dropped) | The number of HEC errors resulting in dropped packets |
Number OCD Events | The number of OCD events |
HEC Errors (Fixed) | The number of HEC errors fixed |
Statistical Information | |
Num Violations | The number of violations (path, line, code, and length) |
NE Severely Err. Seconds | The number of near-end severely errored seconds |
NE Unavail. Seconds | The number of seconds that the near end has been unavailable |
NE Tx Unused Seconds | The number of seconds that the near-end transmit link has been unused |
NE Rx Unused Seconds | The number of seconds that the near-end receive link has been unused |
NE Tx Num Failures | The number of near-end transmit link failures |
FE Tx Num Failures | The number of far-end transmit link failures |
Tx ICP Cell count | The number of ICP cells transmitted on the IMA link |
Error ICP Cells Total | The total number of errored ICP cells on the IMA link |
Relative Link Delay | The time delay, in seconds, between detection of a link activation/deactivation condition and acting upon it (going in/out of the Rx failure state on a link) |
Num OIF Anomalies | The number of OIF anomalies for the IMA link |
FE Severely Err. Seconds | The number of far-end severely errored seconds |
FE Unavail. Seconds | The number of seconds that the far end has been unavailable |
FE Tx Unused Seconds | The number of seconds that the far-end transmit link has been unused |
FE Rx Unused Seconds | The number of seconds that the far end receive link has been unused |
NE Rx Num Failures | The number of near-end receive link failures |
FE Rx Num Failures | The number of far-end receive link failures |
Rx ICP Cell count | The number of ICP cells received on the IMA link |
Rx Lost ICP Cells Total | The total number of lost ICP cells received on the IMA link |
Label | Description |
Protocol | The applicable protocols for the specified port |
State | The current status of a PPP link. Values are initial, starting, closed, stopped, closing, stopping, requestSent, ackReceived, ackSent, opened. |
Last Change | The last time the PPP link state changed |
Restart Count | The number of times that this Control Protocol has reached the open state |
PPP Statistics | |
Last Cleared | The date and time the restart count was set to zero |
Local Mac address | The MAC address assigned to the local end of the PPP link |
Remote Mac address | The Ethernet MAC address sent by the remote end of the PPP link |
Local Magic Number | The local magic number to be sent to the peer. The magic number provides a method to detect loopbacks. If the value of the local magic number is the same as the value of the remote magic number, then it is possible that the link might be looped back. If the two magic numbers do not match, the link is not looped back. |
Remote Magic Number | The magic number sent by the peer. If the value of the remote magic number is the same as the value of the local magic number, then it is possible that the link might be looped back. If the two magic numbers do not match, the link is not looped back. |
Local Address | The IP address at the local end of the link |
Remote Address | The IP address at the remote end of the link |
Line Monitor Method | The type of line monitoring packets being sent and received on this PPP link |
Request Interval | The time interval in seconds at which keepalive requests are issued |
Threshold exceeded | The number of times that the drop count was reached |
Drop Count | The number of keepalive or LQR messages that were missed before the line was brought down |
In packets | The number of echo-reply packets received |
Time to link drop | The time remaining before the link will be declared dropped if a keepalive echo reply packet is not received |
Out packets | The number of echo-request packets sent |
Last cleared time | The time since the last clear |
Label | Description |
Port Id | The port ID, in the slot/mda/port format |
Admin State | The administrative state of the interface connection |
Link | Indicates whether the link is active |
Port State | The state level of the port |
Clock Src | The clock source |
Master Port Id | The master port ID |
Clock State | The clock state |
Label | Description |
Frame Relay Info for port identifier | |
Mode | The frame relay mode:
|
LMI Type | The LMI type:
|
FR Interface Status | The status of the frame relay interface as determined by the performance of the DLCMI. If no DLCMI is running, the frame relay interface will stay in the running state indefinitely. |
N391 DTE | The DTE full status polling interval for the frame relay LMI. The number specifies the frequency at which inquiries expect a full status report. |
N392 DCE | The DCE error threshold for the frame relay LMI. The threshold specifies the number of errors needed to bring down a link. |
N392 DTE | The DTE error threshold for the frame relay LMI. The threshold specifies the number of errors needed to bring down a link. |
N393 DCE | The DCE monitored event count for the frame relay LMI |
N393 DTE | The DTE monitored event count for the frame relay LMI |
T392 DCE | The DCE keepalive timer for the frame relay LMI. The number specifies the interval at which the DCE checks for keepalive responses from the DTE. |
T391 DTE | The DTE keepalive timer for the frame relay LMI. The number specifies the interval at which the DTE sends a keepalive response request to the DCE. |
FRF-12 | Not supported |
Link Identifier | The link associated with the frame relay port |
Tx Status Enquiry | The number of status enquiries sent |
Rx Status Enquiry | The number of status enquiries received |
Rx Status Messages | The number of status messages received |
Tx Status Messages | The number of status messages sent |
Status Message Timeouts | The number of status message timeouts |
Status Enquiry Timeouts | The number of status enquiry timeouts |
Discard Messages | The number of status enquiry messages discarded due to errors |
Inv. RxSeqNum Messages | The number of LMI messages received with an invalid sequence number |
frame-relay statistics for port port-identifier (input and output values) | |
Frames | The number of frames received or transmitted |
Octets | The number of octets received or transmitted |
DEFrames | The number of packets received or transmitted with the DE bit set |
DEOctets | The number of octets received or transmitted with the discard eligibility (DE) bit set |
FECNFrames | The number of frames received or transmitted with the forward explicit congestion notification bit set |
BECNFrames | The number of frames received or transmitted with the backward explicit congestion notification bit set |
Invalid Dlci | The number of invalid DLCIs |
Last Invalid Dlci | The last time when an invalid DLCI was detected |
Crc Errors | The number of cyclical redundancy check errors |
Alignment Errors | The total number of packets received that had a length (excluding framing bits, but including FCS octets) of between 64 and 1518 octets, inclusive, but that had either a bad frame check sequence with an integral number of octets (FCS error) or a bad FCS with a non-integral number of octets |
Length Violations | The number of packet length violations |
Illegal Header | The number of header configuration errors |
Underruns Errors | The number of frames that were unsuccessfully transmitted because transmission was not fast enough to maintain synchronization |
Other Errors | The number of other unspecified errors |
Label | Description |
Frame Relay Info for port-identifier | |
See Table 76 | — |
Frame Relay PVCs | |
Dlci | The specified DLCI |
State | The port state |
Type | The port type |
Creation Time | The time at which the port was created |
PVCs | The number of PVCs |
frame-relay statistics for port port-identifier (input and output values) | |
Frames | The number of frames received or transmitted |
Octets | The number of octets received or transmitted |
DE Frames | The number of packets received or transmitted with the DE bit set |
DE Octets | The number of octets received or transmitted with the discard eligibility bit set |
Crc Discard | The number of cyclical redundancy check discards |
Aborts | The number of aborts |
Other Discard | The number of other discards |
Label | Description |
TDM Data Physical Interface TDM Data Interface | |
Description | A text description of the port |
Interface | The port ID displayed in the slot/mda/port format |
Port IfIndex | The port interface's index number, which reflects its initialization sequence |
Admin Status | up: the administrative state is up |
down: the administrative state is down | |
Oper Status | up: the operating state is up |
down: the operating state is down | |
Physical Link | yes: a physical link is present |
no: a physical link is not present | |
Type | The type of interface: codirectional or TPIF |
Clock Source | loop-timed: the link recovers the clock from the received data stream node-timed: the link uses the internal clock when transmitting data adaptive: clocking is derived from the incoming pseudowire packets differential: clocking is derived from a common clock compared to differential clock recovery data in the RTP header in the TDM PW overhead |
Timing 8khz | Indicates whether 8-kb/s timing on a codirectional interface is enabled or disabled |
Last State Change | The last time the operational status of the port changed state |
Channel IfIndex | The channel interface index number |
Loopback | The loopback mode for the channel: internal-analog, internal-digital, or none |
Cfg Alarm | The type of alarms to be logged and reported for the port |
Alarm Status | The current alarm state |
Traffic Statistics | |
Octets Input/Output | The total number of octets received and transmitted on the port |
Packets Input/Output | The number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Errors Input/Output | For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of inbound packets that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher-layer protocol. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces, the number of inbound transmission units that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher-layer protocol. For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of outbound packets that could not be transmitted because of errors. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces, the number of outbound transmission units that could not be transmitted because of errors. |
Codir Line | |
Data-slip: | In a plesiochronous timing system, the number of data slips that have occurred in the receive direction |
Port Statistics | |
Packets Input/Output | The number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Discards Input/Output | The number of inbound packets chosen to be discarded to possibly free up buffer space |
Unknown Proto Discards Input/Output | For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of packets received at the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces that support protocol multiplexing, the number of transmission units received at the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For any interface that does not support protocol multiplexing, this counter will always be 0. |
Label | Description |
Description | Specifies the GPS RF port description |
Interface | Specifies the card, MDA, and port number of the GPS RF port |
Admin Status | up: the port is administratively up down: the port is administratively down |
Physical Link | yes: an operational GPS antenna is detected no: an operational GPS antenna is not detected |
Type | Specifies the type of satellite navigation system used |
Ant. Cable Delay | Specifies the amount of time, in nanoseconds, compensated for signal delay due to cable length |
Antenna Status | ok: valid antenna connection under-current: open condition over-current: short circuit, or maximum power limits for the receiver have been exceeded no-bias voltage: antenna power disabled |
Sync Status | locked: GPS time is within alarm limits (1 μs) not locked: GPS time is outside of the alarm limits, configured alarm threshold is too low, TRAIM is turned off, or there is an insufficient number of tracked satellites |
Receiver Status | Acquiring Satellites: GPS receiver attempting to track satellite Position Hold: TRAIM algorithm is correcting for time bias 2D Fix: GPS receiver attempting to get a 2D fix on a satellite 3D Fix: GPS receiver attempting to get a 3D fix on a satellite Unknown: default state on power-up Communication Lost: occurs after 30 s of Channel/Data/Status messages or TRAIM status messages from the GPS receiver. The GPS receiver will reinitialize and attempt to re-establish communication. Communication Established: occurs after a successful re-establishment of communication following a Communication Lost status Self-Test Failed: occurs after a GPS receiver startup failure |
Time | Specifies the GPS system date and time |
Port IfIndex | Specifies the GPS interface index number, which reflects its initialization sequence |
Oper Status | up: the port is operationally up (communication with the GPS receiver is established, the self-test has passed, and the antenna status is OK) down: the port is operationally down (any of the up conditions have not been met) |
Elev. Mask Angle | Specifies the configured elevation angle below which satellites are ignored. The default elevation mask angle is 10°. |
Visible Satellites | Specifies the number of satellites that the GPS receiver should see at the current time. This number can be 0 if the GPS Receiver module has not yet downloaded an almanac, even if Used Satellites is more than 0. |
Used Satellites | Specifies the number of tracked satellites |
Latitude | Specifies the latitude of the GPS antenna |
Longitude | Specifies the longitude of the GPS antenna |
Altitude (m MSL) | Specifies the altitude of the GPS antenna above mean sea level, in meters |
This command displays DSL port information
The following output is an example of DSL port information and Table 80 describes the fields.
Sample SHDSL port information
Sample xDSL port information
Label | Description |
SHDSL Line Information | |
DSL PortId | The DSL port identifier |
Line | The DSL line number |
Admin State | Up: the DSL port is administratively up |
Down: the DSL port is administratively down | |
State | The training state of the DSL line |
Protocol | The regional configuration learned from the Central Office: a-f : Annex A/F Region 1 |
b-g: Annex B/F Region 2 | |
Data Rate | The data rate configured on the DSL port |
Negotiated Consellation | TC-PAM modulation selection for the SHDSL span |
Capability List Mode | The handshake mode for the span |
TpsTcType | The SHDSL span transport channel operational mode |
In Bonding Group | The bonding status of the DSL line |
Attenuation | SHDSL line attenuation |
SNRMargin | The signal to noise ratio margin of line |
Power Back Off | Indicates if Power Back is off |
SHDSL Line Statistics | |
Link Loss | The link loss counter |
Code Violation | The code violation error counter |
ES | Errored seconds |
SES | The number of severely errored seconds |
LOSWS | The loss of sync word seconds |
UAS | Unavailable seconds |
XDSL Line Information | |
DSL PortId | The DSL port identifier |
Line | The DSL line number |
Oper State | Up: the DSL port is operationally up |
Down: the DSL port is operationally down | |
State | The state of the DSL line |
In Bonding Group | The state of the DSL line in bonding group |
Admin State | Up: the DSL port is administratively up |
Down: the DSL port is administratively down | |
Protocol | The xDSL protocol used on the DSL line |
Vdsl Profile | The VDSL profile used on the line |
TpsTcType | The transport protocol used by the DSL line |
US Bit Rate | The trained upstream bit rate in kb/s |
US Failure | The bitmap for the current upstream failure |
US SNR Margin | The upstream signal to noise margin in tenths of db |
US Output Power | The upstream power output in tenths of db |
US Loop Delay | The upstream loop delay in ms |
US Ref Psd | The upstream reference power spectral density |
US B0 INP | The upstream impulse noise protection (unit is 1/2 symbol) |
US B0 Delay | The upstream B0 latency path delay, in ms |
DS Bit Rate | The trained downstream bit rate in kb/s |
DS Failure | The bitmap for the current downstream failure |
DS SNR Margin | The downstream signal to noise margin in tenths of db |
DS Output Power | The downstream power output in tenths of db |
DS Ref Psd | The downstream reference power spectral density |
DS Loop Delay | The downstream loop delay, in ms |
DS B0 Delay | The downstream B0 latency path delay, in ms |
DS B0 INP | The downstream impulse noise protection (unit is 1/2 symbol) |
XDSL Line Statistics | |
Near End FECS | The near end forward error correction seconds |
Near End LOSS | The near end loss of signal seconds |
Near End ES | The near end errored seconds |
Near End SES | The near end severely errored seconds |
Near End UAS | The near end unavailable seconds |
Near End AS | The near end available seconds |
Near End LOFS | The near end loss of framing seconds |
Near End LPRS | The near end loss of power seconds |
Near End LEFTRS | The near end low error-free throughput rate seconds |
Far End FECS | The near end forward error correction seconds |
Far End LOSS | The far end loss of signal seconds |
Far End ES | The far end errored seconds |
Far End SES | The far end severely errored seconds |
Far End UAS | The far end unavailable seconds |
Far End AS | The far end available seconds |
Far End LOFS | The far end loss of framing seconds |
Far End LPRS | The far end loss of power seconds |
Far End LEFTRS | The far end low error-free throughput rate seconds |
Up Time | The length of time the DSL port has been operational |
This command displays LLDP information.
The following outputs are examples of LLDP information:
Label | Description |
Admin State | The LLDP transmission/reception frame handling |
Notifications | Indicates if LLDP notifications are Enabled or Disabled |
Transmit TLVs | The optional TLVs that are transmitted by this port |
Management Address Transmit Configuration | |
Index 1 (system) | Details of the management address configuration. The 7705 SAR can only be configured to send or not send the system address. Enabled: the management address TLV is included in LLDPDUs sent by the port |
Disabled: the management address TLV is not included in LLDPDUs sent by the port | |
Address | The address transmitted by the port when tx-mgmt-address command is enabled |
Label | Description |
Admin State | The LLDP transmission/reception frame handling |
Notifications | Indicates if LLDP notifications are Enabled or Disabled |
Transmit TLVs | The optional TLVs that are transmitted by this port |
Index 1 (system) | Details of the management address configuration. The 7705 SAR can only be configured to send or not send the system address. Enabled: the management address TLV is included in LLDPDUs sent by the port |
Disabled: the management address TLV is not included in LLDPDUs sent by the port | |
Address | The address transmitted by the port when the management address TLV is included in LLDPDUs sent by the port |
Tx Frames | The number of LLDP frames transmitted |
Tx Length Err Frames | The number of frames with LLDPDU length violations caused by too many TLVs selected by the network manager. The packets are sent containing the mandatory TLVs and the maximum number of optional TLVs that will fit in the LLDP frame. |
Rx Frames | The number of LLDP frames received |
Rx Frame Discard | The number of LLDP frames received by the LLDP agent that were discarded for any reason. This counter can provide an indication that LLDP header formatting problems may exist with the local LLDP agent in the sending system, or that LLDPDU validation problems may exist with the local LLDP agent in the receiving system. |
Rx Frame Errors | The number of invalid LLDP frames received by the LLDP agent on the indicated port while the LLDP agent is enabled |
Rx TLV Discard | The number of LLDP TLVs discarded for any reason by the LLDP agent on the indicated port |
Rx TLV Unknown | The number of LLDP TLVs received that are not recognized by the LLDP agent |
Rx Ageouts | The number of age-outs that have occurred on the port |
Supported Caps | Describes the system capabilities supported by the remote peer |
Enabled Caps | Describes the system capabilities enabled on the remote peer |
Chassis Id Subtype | An integer value and text definition that indicates the basis for the chassis ID entity listed in the chassis ID field |
Chassis Id | The chassis identifier of the chassis containing the ethernet port that sent the LLDPDU |
PortId Subtype | An integer value and text definition that indicates the basis for the port ID entity listed in the port ID field |
PortId | The port identifier of the ethernet port that sent the LLDPDU |
Port Description | Describes the port that sent the LLDPDU |
System Description | Describes the system that sent the LLDPDU |
This command displays ATM port information.
If no command line options are specified, the command port displays summary information for all ports on provisioned adapter cards.
Syntax | port-id | slot[/mda[/port]] or slot/mda/port[.channel], where: |
slot | 1 | |
mda | 1 to 6 (7705 SAR-8) | |
1 to 12 (7705 SAR-18) | ||
port | 1 to 2 (2-port OC3/STM1 Channelized Adapter card ports) | |
1 to 4 ( 4-port OC3/STM1 Clear Channel Adapter card ports or 4-port DS3/E3 Adapter card ports) | ||
1 to 16 (16-port T1/E1 ASAP Adapter card ports) | ||
1 to 32 (32-port T1/E1 ASAP Adapter card ports) | ||
channel | 1 to 24 (DS1) or 1 to 32 (E1) |
vci: 1, 2, 5 to 65534
The following outputs are examples of ATM information:
Label | Description |
Cell Mode | The cell format (UNI or NNI) that is used on the ATM interface (NNI is not supported on SONET/SDH ports) |
Configured VCs | The number of configured VCs |
Configured VTs | The number of configured VTs |
Configured minimum VPI | The configured minimum allowable VPI value that can be used on the ATM interface for a VPC |
Last Unknown VPI/VCI | The last unknown VPI/VCI that was received on this interface |
Mapping | Direct: direct ATM cell mapping is used PLCP: PLCP ATM cell mapping is used |
Configured VPs | The number of configured VPs |
Configured IFCs | The number of configured IFCs |
TC Alarm State | The ATM interface notifications indicating that the TC sublayer is currently in the Loss of Cell Delineation (LCD) defect maintenance state or that the TC sublayer is currently not in the Loss of Cell Delineation (LCD) defect maintenance state |
HEC Errors (Dropped) | The number of cells with uncorrectable HEC errors on this interface |
Number OCD Events | The number of times the Out of Cell Delineation (OCD) events occurred |
HEC Errors (Fixed) | The number of cells with correctable HEC errors on this interface |
Ingress CBR | The total CBR bandwidth consumed on this interface in the ingress direction |
Ingress RT-VBR | The total real-time variable bit rate (rt-VBR) bandwidth consumed on this interface in the ingress direction |
Ingress NRT-VBR | The total non-real-time variable bit rate (nrt-VBR) bandwidth consumed on this interface in the ingress direction |
Ingress UBR | The total unspecified bit rate (UBR) bandwidth consumed on this interface in the ingress direction |
Egress CBR | The total CBR bandwidth consumed on this interface in the egress direction |
Egress RT-VBR | The total real-time variable bit rate (rt-VBR) bandwidth consumed on this interface in the egress direction |
Egress NRT-VBR | The total non-real-time variable bit rate (nrt-VBR) bandwidth consumed on this interface in the egress direction |
Egress UBR | The total unspecified bit rate (UBR) bandwidth consumed on this interface in the egress direction |
Ingress Total | The total bandwidth of all service categories consumed on this interface in the ingress direction |
Egress Total | The total bandwidth of all service categories consumed on this interface in the egress direction |
ATM Link Bandwidth | The total ATM link bandwidth accepted on this interface |
Shaped Bandwidth | The total shaped bandwidth consumed on this interface in the egress direction |
Label | Description |
Owner | The system entity that owns a specific ATM connection |
Type | The connection type |
Ing. TD | The ATM traffic descriptor profile that applies to the receive direction of the interface connection |
Egr. TD | The ATM traffic descriptor profile that applies to the transmit direction of the interface connection |
Adm | The administrative state of the interface connection |
OAM | The OAM operational status of ATM connections: Up: the interface is operationally up ETE-AIS: the endpoint is down and is generating end-to-end AIS OAM cells to alert the far end that it is down |
Opr | The status of the ATM interface |
Label | Description |
VPI/VCI | The VPI/VCI values |
Owner | The system entity that owns a specific ATM connection |
Type | The connection type |
Ing. TD | The ATM traffic descriptor profile that applies to the receive direction of the interface connection |
Egr. TD | The ATM traffic descriptor profile that applies to the transmit direction of the interface connection |
Adm | The administrative state of the interface connection |
OAM | The OAM operational status of ATM connections: Up: the interface is operationally up ETE-AIS: the endpoint is down and is generating end-to-end AIS OAM cells to alert the far end that it is down |
Opr | The status of the ATM interface |
Label | Description |
Port Id | The port ID configured or displayed in the slot/mda/port format |
VPI/VCI | The VPI/VCI values |
Admin State | The administrative state of the interface connection |
Oper State | The status of the ATM interface |
OAM State | The OAM operational status of ATM connections: Up: the interface is operationally up ETE-AIS: the endpoint is down and is generating end-to-end AIS OAM cells to alert the far end that it is down |
Encap Type | The encapsulation type |
Owner | The system entity that owns a specific ATM connection |
Endpoint Type | The endpoint type |
Cast Type | The connection topology type |
Ing. TD Idx | The ATM traffic descriptor profile that applies to the receive direction of the interface connection |
Egr. TD Idx | The ATM traffic descriptor profile that applies to the transmit direction of the interface connection |
Label | Description |
Port Id | The port ID configured or displayed in the slot/mda/port format |
VPI/VCI | The VPI/VCI values |
Admin State | The administrative state of the interface connection |
Oper State | The status of the ATM interface |
OAM State | The OAM operational status of ATM connections: Up: the interface is operationally up ETE-AIS: the endpoint is down and is generating end-to-end AIS OAM cells to alert the far end that it is down |
Encap Type | The encapsulation type |
Owner | Identifies the system entity that owns a specific ATM connection |
AAL Type | The ATM Adaptation Layer 5 (AAL5) information |
Endpoint Type | The endpoint type |
Cast Type | The connection topology type |
Ing. Td Idx | The ATM traffic descriptor profile that applies to the receive direction of the interface connection |
Egr. Td Idx | The ATM traffic descriptor profile that applies to the transmit direction of the interface connection |
Last Changed | The date and time that the interface connection entered its current operational state |
Octets | The number of input and output octets HEC discarded cells are not included in the input octet numbers |
Cells | The number of input and output cells HEC discarded cells are not included in the input cell numbers |
CLP=0 Cells | The number of CLP=0 cells |
Dropped CLP=0 Cells | The number of dropped CLP=0 cells |
Dropped Cells (CLP=0+1) | The number of dropped CLP=0+1 cells |
Tagged Cells | The number of tagged cells |
Loopback | The number of loopback requests and responses transmitted and received on this connection for both end-to-end and segment |
OAM Cells (generated) | The number of OAM cells generated at the endpoint and sent towards the network |
Label | Description |
VPI | The VPI value |
Owner | The system entity that owns a specific ATM connection |
Type | The type of connection |
Ing.TD | The ATM traffic descriptor profile that applies to the receive direction of the interface connection |
Egr.TD | The ATM traffic descriptor profile that applies to the transmit direction of the interface connection |
Adm | Up: the interface is administratively up |
Down: the interface is administratively down | |
OAM | The OAM operational status of ATM connections: Up: the interface is operationally up ETE-AIS: the endpoint is down and is generating end-to-end AIS OAM cells to alert the far end that it is down |
Opr | Up: the interface is operationally up |
Down: the interface is operationally down |
Label | Description |
Port Id | The port ID configured or displayed in the slot/mda/port format |
VPI | The VPI values |
Admin State | The administrative state of the interface connection |
Oper State | The status of the ATM interface |
OAM State | The OAM operational status of ATM connections: Up: the interface is operationally up ETE-AIS: the endpoint is down and is generating end-to-end AIS OAM cells to alert the far end that it is down |
Owner | The system entity that owns a specific ATM connection |
Endpoint Type | The endpoint type |
Cast Type | The connection topology type |
Ing. Td Idx | The ATM traffic descriptor profile that applies to the receive direction of the interface connection |
Egr. Td Idx | The ATM traffic descriptor profile that applies to the transmit direction of the interface connection |
Last Changed | The date and time that the interface connection entered its current operational state |
Octets | The number of input and output octets HEC discarded cells are not included in the input octet numbers |
Cells | The number of input and output cells HEC discarded cells are not included in the input cell numbers |
CLP=0 Cells | The number of CLP=0 cells |
Dropped CLP=0 Cells | The number of dropped CLP=0 cells |
Dropped Cells (CLP=0+1) | The number of dropped CLP=0+1 cells |
Tagged Cells | The number of tagged cells |
Loopback | The number of loopback requests and responses transmitted and received on this connection for both end-to-end and segment |
OAM Cells (generated) | The number of OAM cells generated at the endpoint and sent towards the network |
This command displays the tree for SONET/SDH ports or channels.
Syntax | slot[/mda[/port]] or slot/mda/port[.channel] |
The following output is an example of port-tree information, and Table 90 describes the fields.
Label | Description |
IfIndex | Displays the interface number of the index, which reflects its initialization sequence |
type | Specifies the OC3 bandwidth subdivision |
sonet-sdh-index | Specifies the sonet-sdh-index |
* | Indicates that the port or channel is provisioned |
This command displays Link Aggregation Group (LAG) information.
If no command line options are specified, a summary listing of all LAGs is displayed.
The following outputs are examples of LAG information:
Label | Description |
Lag-id | The LAG identifier |
Adm | Up: the LAG is administratively up |
Down: the LAG is administratively down | |
Opr | Up: the LAG is operationally up |
Down: the LAG is operationally down | |
Port-Threshold | The number of operational links at or below which the LAG is considered to be operationally down |
Up-Link-Count | The number of ports that are physically present and have physical links present |
MC Act/Stdby | n/a |
The following example displays LAG details with MC-LAG Output
Label | Description |
Lag-id | The LAG identifier |
Mode | The mode of the LAG: access or network |
Adm | Up: the LAG is administratively up |
Down: the LAG is administratively down | |
Opr | Up: the LAG is operationally up |
Down: the LAG is operationally down | |
Thres. Exceeded Cnt | The number of times that the drop count was reached |
Port Threshold | The number of operational links at or below which the LAG is regarded as operationally down |
Thres. Last Cleared | The last time that keepalive statistics were cleared |
Threshold Action | Action to take when the number of operational links is equal to or below the port threshold |
Dynamic Cost | n/a |
Encap Type | The encapsulation method used to distinguish customer traffic on a LAG |
Configured Address | The base chassis Ethernet MAC address |
Lag-IfIndex | A unique number assigned to this interface |
Hardware Address | The hardware address |
Adapt Qos | The configured QoS mode |
Hold-time Down | The hold-time, in tenths of seconds, before a failure is reported to higher levels |
Port Type | Standard: standard Ethernet port types are supported |
LACP | Enabled: LACP is enabled |
Disabled: LACP is disabled | |
Mode | Active: LACP operates in active mode |
Passive: LACP operates in passive mode | |
Role | Actor: Local device (7705 SAR) participating in LACP negotiation |
Partner: Remote device participating in LACP negotiation | |
LACP Transmit Intvl | LACP timeout signaled to peer |
LACP xmit stdby | LACP transmit on standby links enabled or disabled |
Selection Criteria | Configured subgroup selection criteria |
Slave-to-partner | Slave-to-partner flag enabled or disabled |
Number of sub-groups | Total subgroups in LAG |
Forced | n/a |
System Id | System ID used by actor in LACP messages |
System Priority | System priority used by actor in LACP messages |
Admin Key | Configured LAG key |
Oper Key | Key used by actor in LACP messages |
Prtr System Id | System ID used by partner in LACP messages |
Prtr System Priority | System priority used by partner in LACP messages |
Prtr Oper Key | Key used by partner in LACP messages |
MC Peer Address | IP address of the MC-LAG peer |
MC Peer Lag-id | The LAG identifier of the MC-LAG peer |
MC System Id | System ID used by the MC-LAG actor in LACP messages |
MC System Priority | System priority used by the MC-LAG actor in LACP messages |
MC Admin Key | Configured MC-LAG key |
MC Active/Standby | Indicates whether the port is in active or standby mode |
MC Lacp ID in use | Indicates whether or not MC-LAG values such as system-id, system priority, and lacp-key are advertised to the LACP peer |
MC extended timeout | Indicates if the system is using a larger value than the value configured as the MC-LAG hold-on-neighbor-failure value |
MC Selection Logic | The current state of the MC-LAG protocol, indicating which of the two MC-LAG redundancy systems is the master |
MC Config Mismatch | Indicates if there is a LAG configuration mismatch between redundancy systems, and what is mismatched |
Port-id | The member physical port ID expressed in slot/mda/port format |
Adm | Up: the member port is administratively up |
Down: the member port is administratively down | |
Act/Stdby | Active: the member port is active |
Standby: the member port is on standby | |
Opr | Up: the member port is operationally up |
Down: the member port is operationally down | |
Primary | Indicates whether the member port is the primary port |
Sub-group | The member port subgroup |
Prio | The member port priority |
Label | Description |
Port-id | The member physical port ID expressed in slot/mda/port format |
Input Bytes | The number of inbound bytes for the LAG on a per-port basis |
Input Packets | The number of inbound packets for the LAG on a per-port basis |
Output Bytes | The number of outbound bytes for the LAG on a per-port basis |
Output Packets | The number of outbound packets for the LAG on a per-port basis |
Input Errors | The number of inbound packets (for packet-oriented interfaces) or inbound transmission units (for character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces) that contained errors preventing them from being delivered to higher layers |
Output Errors | The number of outbound packets (for packet-oriented interfaces) or outbound transmission units (for character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces) that could not be transmitted because of errors |
Label | Description |
Router/ServiceId | The service associated with the LAG |
Name | The name of the IP interface |
Encap Val | The dot1q or qinq values of the port for the IP interface |
This command displays multilink bundle information. An operator can display:
Syntax: bundle-type-slot/mda.bundle-num
bundle-ppp-slot/mda.bundle-num (a multilink PPP bundle)
bundle-ima-slot/mda.bundle-num (an IMA group bundle)
bundle: keyword
slot: MDA slot numbers
bundle-num: 1 to 32
The following outputs are examples of multilink bundle information:
Label | Description |
Bundle Id | The port ID for this bundle |
Type | The type of this multilink bundle: mlppp: the bundle is of type MLPPP ima: the bundle is of type IMA group |
Admin State | Up: the bundle is administratively up |
Down: the bundle is administratively down | |
Oper State | Up: the bundle is operationally up |
Down: the bundle is operationally down | |
Port State | The state level of the port: none: the port is either in its initial creation state or is just about to be deleted |
ghost: no member links are configured as part of this bundle | |
down: all member links are in “none”, “ghost”, or “down” state | |
linkUp: at least one member link is in port state “link up” but the bundle protocol is not yet operationally up (due to the bundle protocol still coming up; for example, due to insufficient number of member links in “link up” state yet or to bundle being shut down) | |
Up: the bundle is ready to pass some kinds of traffic as the bundle protocol has come up (at least “minimum links” member links are in the port state up and the bundle protocol is up) | |
Min Links | The minimum number of links that must be active for a bundle to be active. If the number of links drop below the given minimum, then the multilink bundle will transition to an operation down state. |
Total Links | The total number active of member links configured for this bundle |
Active Links | The total number of active links for the bundle |
Note:
The ima-grp command shows all bundles in the IMA group. The bundle-ima command shows information on the specified bundle. The fields for both commands are the same. |
Label | Description |
Bundle Id | The port ID for this bundle |
Type | The type of this multilink bundle: ima: the bundle is of type IMA group |
Admin State | Up: the bundle is administratively up |
Down: the bundle is administratively down | |
Oper State | Up: the bundle is operationally up |
Down: the bundle is operationally down | |
Port State | The state level of the port: none: the port is either in its initial creation state or is just about to be deleted |
ghost: no member links are configured as part of this bundle | |
down: all member links are in “none”, “ghost”, or “down” state | |
linkUp: at least one member link is in port state “link up” but the bundle protocol is not yet operationally up (due to the bundle protocol still coming up; for example, due to insufficient number of member links in “link up” state yet or to bundle being shut down) | |
Up: the bundle is ready to pass some kinds of traffic as the bundle protocol has come up (at least “minimum links” member links are in the port state up and the bundle protocol is up) | |
Min Links | The minimum number of links that must be active for a bundle to be active. If the number of links drop below the given minimum, then the multilink bundle will transition to an operation down state. |
Total Links | The total number active of member links configured for this bundle |
Active Links | The total number of active links for the bundle |
Bundles | The number of bundles on the port |
Note:
The ima-grp detail command shows all bundles in the IMA group. The bundle-ima detail command shows information on the specified bundle. The fields for both commands are the same. |
Label | Description |
Description | The configured description for this bundle |
Bundle Id | The port ID for this bundle |
Admin Status | Up: the bundle is administratively up |
Down: the bundle is administratively down | |
Minimum Links | The minimum number of links that must be active for a bundle to be active. If the number of links drop below the given minimum, then the multilink bundle will transition to an operation down state. |
Total Links | The total number of active member links configured for this bundle |
Red Diff Delay | The maximum acceptable differential delay for individual circuits within this multilink bundle. If the delay exceeds this threshold, a trap is issued. |
Red Diff Delay Act | The action that will be taken on the IMA group once the Red Diff Delay is exceeded |
Oper MTU | The negotiated size of the largest packet that can be sent on the port or channel, specified in octets |
Mode | network: the port is configured for transport network use |
access: the port is configured for service access | |
Type | Indicates that this bundle is of type IMA group |
Oper Status | The operational port status of a member link |
Bundle IfIndex | The bundle’s interface index number, which reflects its initialization sequence |
Active Links | The total number of active links for the bundle |
Bandwidth | The bandwidth configured for this IMA group bundle in kb/s |
Traffic Statistics | |
Octets Input/Output | The total number of octets received and transmitted on the port |
Packets Input/Output | The number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Errors Input/Output | For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of inbound packets that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher-layer protocol. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces, the number of inbound transmission units that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher-layer protocol. For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of outbound packets that could not be transmitted because of errors. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces, the number of outbound transmission units that could not be transmitted because of errors. |
Port Statistics | |
Unicast packets Input/Output | The number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Multicast packets Input/Output | The number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a unicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a unicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Broadcast packets Input/Output | The number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a unicast or multicast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a unicast or multicast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Discards Input/Output | The number of inbound packets chosen to be discarded to possibly free up buffer space |
Unknown proto discards Input/Output | For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of packets received via the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces that support protocol multiplexing, the number of transmission units received via the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For any interface that does not support protocol multiplexing, this counter will always be 0. Unknown proto discards do not show up in the packet counts. |
Note:
The mlppp command shows all bundles in the MLPPP group. The bundle-ppp command shows information on the specified bundle. The fields for both commands are the same. |
Label | Description |
Bundle Id | The port ID for this bundle |
Type | The type of this multilink bundle: mlppp: the bundle is of type MLPPP |
Admin State | Up: the bundle is administratively up |
Down: the bundle is administratively down | |
Oper State | Up: the bundle is operationally up |
Down: the bundle is operationally down | |
Port State | The state level of the port: none: the port is either in its initial creation state or is just about to be deleted |
ghost: no member links are configured as part of this bundle | |
down: all member links are in the “none”, “ghost”, or “down” state | |
linkUp: at least one member link is in the port state “link up” but the bundle protocol is not yet operationally up (due to the bundle protocol still coming up; for example, due to an insufficient number of member links in the “link up” state or to the bundle being shut down) | |
Up: the bundle is ready to pass some kinds of traffic as the bundle protocol has come up (at least “minimum links” member links are in the port state up and the bundle protocol is up) | |
Min Links | The minimum number of links that must be active for a bundle to be active. If the number of links drops below the given minimum, then the multilink bundle will transition to an operation down state. |
Total Links | The total number of active member links configured for this bundle |
Active Links | The total number of active links for the bundle |
Bundles | Number of bundles on the port |
Class | The MC-MLPPP service class |
Octets Input/Output | The total number of octets received and transmitted on the port |
Packets Input/Output | The total number of packets received and transmitted on the port |
Errors Input/Output | The number of packets that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable |
Note:
The mlppp detail command shows all bundles in the MLPPP group. The bundle-ppp detail command shows information on the specified bundle. The fields for both commands are the same. |
Label | Description |
Description | The configured description for this bundle |
Bundle Id | The port ID for this bundle |
Admin Status | Up: the bundle is administratively up |
Down: the bundle is administratively down | |
Minimum Links | The minimum number of links that must be active for a bundle to be active. If the number of links drop below the given minimum, then the multilink bundle will transition to an operation down state. |
Total Links | The total number of active member links configured for this bundle |
Red Diff Delay | The maximum acceptable differential delay for individual circuits within this multilink bundle. If the delay exceeds this threshold, a trap is issued. |
Red Diff Delay Act | The action that will be taken on the MLPPP bundle once the Red Diff Delay is exceeded |
Short Sequence | Indicates whether the MLPPP bundle uses short (12 bit) sequence numbers instead of the default 24-bit sequence number |
Oper MTU | The negotiated size of the largest packet that can be sent on the port or channel, specified in octets |
Mode | network: the port is configured for transport network use |
access: the port is configured for service access | |
Type | The bundle type |
Oper Status | The operational port status of a member link |
Bundle IfIndex | The bundle’s interface index number, which reflects its initialization sequence |
Active Links | The total number of active links for the bundle |
Yellow Diff Delay | The yellow warning threshold for the differential delay for members within a multilink bundle |
MRRU | The configured maximum frame size that can be reconstructed from multilink fragments |
Oper MRRU | The operating maximum frame size that can be reconstructed from multilink fragments |
Bandwidth | The bandwidth configured for this MLPPP bundle in kb/s |
Traffic and Port statistics | The traffic and port statistics information displayed for bundles when the detail option is selected is the same as information displayed for physical ports |
Traffic Statistics | |
Octets Input/Output | The total number of octets received and transmitted on the port |
Packets Input/Output | The number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Errors Input/Output | For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of inbound packets that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher-layer protocol. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces, the number of inbound transmission units that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher-layer protocol. For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of outbound packets that could not be transmitted because of errors. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces, the number of outbound transmission units that could not be transmitted because of errors. |
Port Statistics | |
Unicast packets Input/Output | The number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Multicast packets Input/Output | The number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a unicast or broadcast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a unicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Broadcast packets Input/Output | The number of packets, delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer, which were not addressed to a unicast or multicast address at this sublayer. The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested be transmitted, and which were not addressed to a unicast or multicast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent. |
Discards Input/Output | The number of inbound packets chosen to be discarded to possibly free up buffer space |
Unknown proto discards Input/Output | For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of packets received via the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces that support protocol multiplexing, the number of transmission units received via the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For any interface that does not support protocol multiplexing, this counter will always be 0. Unknown proto discards do not show up in the packet counts. |
This command displays ATM port information for IMA group bundles. The information displayed is equivalent to that displayed for the show port (atm) command.
The following outputs are examples of IMA ATM information:
Label | Description |
Cell Mode | The cell format (UNI or NNI) that is used on the ATM interface |
Configured VCs | The number of configured VCs |
Configured VTs | The number of configured VTs |
Configured minimum VPI | The minimum VPI configured for this bundle |
Last Unknown VPI/VCI | The last unknown VPI/VCI that was received on this interface |
Configured VPs | The number of configured VPs |
Label | Description |
Owner | The system entity that owns a specific ATM connection |
Type | The type of connection |
Ing.TD | The ATM traffic descriptor profile that applies to the receive direction of the interface connection |
Egr.TD | The ATM traffic descriptor profile that applies to the transmit direction of the interface connection |
Adm | Up: the bundle is administratively up |
Down: the bundle is administratively down | |
OAM | The OAM operational status of ATM connections: Up: the interface is operationally up |
ETE-AIS: the endpoint is down and is generating end-to-end AIS OAM cells to alert the far end that it is down | |
Opr | Up: the bundle is operationally up |
Down: the bundle is operationally down |
Label | Description |
VPI/VCI | The VPI/VCI value |
Owner | The system entity that owns a specific ATM connection |
Type | The type of connection |
Ing.TD | The ATM traffic descriptor profile that applies to the receive direction of the interface connection |
Egr.TD | The ATM traffic descriptor profile that applies to the transmit direction of the interface connection |
Adm | Up: the bundle is administratively up |
Down: the bundle is administratively down | |
OAM | The OAM operational status of ATM connections: Up: the interface is operationally up |
ETE-AIS: the endpoint is down and is generating end-to-end AIS OAM cells to alert the far end that it is down | |
Opr | Up: the bundle is operationally up |
Down: the bundle is operationally down |
Label | Description |
VPI | The VPI value |
Owner | The system entity that owns a specific ATM connection |
Type | The type of connection |
Ing.TD | The ATM traffic descriptor profile that applies to the receive direction of the interface connection |
Egr.TD | The ATM traffic descriptor profile that applies to the transmit direction of the interface connection |
Adm | up: the bundle is administratively up |
down: the bundle is administratively down | |
OAM | The OAM operational status of ATM connections: Up: the interface is operationally up |
ETE-AIS: the endpoint is down and is generating end-to-end AIS OAM cells to alert the far end that it is down | |
Opr | up: the bundle is operationally up |
down: the bundle is operationally down |
This command displays SCADA bridge information.
The following outputs are examples of SCADA information:
Label | Description |
Scada Bridges on Slot 1 | |
Mddb Id | The bridge/branch ID (the bridge ID is in the format slot/mda/bridge-id, where bridge-id is 1 to 16; the branch ID is in the format slot/mda/bridge-id.branch-id, where branch-id is 1 to 32) |
Admin State | The administrative state of the bridge, either Up or Down |
Link | Indicates whether there is an active link on the bridge, either Yes or No |
Mddb State | The operational state of the bridge, either Up or Down |
Port Mode | The operational mode of the bridge (always accs – access) |
Port Encp | The encapsulation type of the bridge (always cem – circuit emulation) |
Mddb Type | The bridge type; currently, only mddb is supported |
Multi-drop | The type of device connected to the bridge, either master or slave |
Label | Description |
Scada Info | |
Description | The description configured for the bridge |
Bridge Id | The bridge ID in the format slot/mda/bridge-id, where bridge-id is 1 to 16 |
Type | The bridge type; currently, only mddb is supported |
Admin Status | The administrative state of the bridge, either up or down |
Oper Status | The operational state of the bridge, either up or down |
Squelch | Indicates whether the squelch function has been enabled |
Squelch Timeout | The configured squelch timeout |
Squelch Status | The bitmap (32 bits) of the branches that are squelched. A value of 0x0 means that no branch is squelched. |
Force-active | The master branch (1 or 2) to which the force-active command has been applied |
Report Alarms | The configured type of alarms to be reported to the bridge |
Bridge Members | |
Identifier | The branch ID in the format bridge-id.branch-id, where bridge-id is 1 to 16 and branch-id is 1 to 32 |
Multidrop | The type of device connected to the bridge, either master or slave |
AdminState | The administrative state of the branch, either up or down |
OperState | The operational state of the branch, either up or down |
AlarmStatus | The current alarm state of the branch |
Squelched | Indicates whether the squelch function has been enabled |
Scada Bridge Statistics | |
Packets Input/Output | The total number of packets that were delivered by this sublayer to a higher (sub) layer and that were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer The total number of packets that higher-level protocols requested to be transmitted and that were not addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this sublayer, including those that were discarded or not sent |
Discards Input/Output | The number of inbound packets chosen to be discarded to possibly free up buffer space. |
Unknown Proto Discards Input/Output | For packet-oriented interfaces, the number of packets received at the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For character-oriented or fixed-length interfaces that support protocol multiplexing, the number of transmission units received at the interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol. For any interface that does not support protocol multiplexing, this counter will always be 0. |
This command enables port traffic monitoring. The specified port(s) statistical information is shown at the configured interval until the configured count is reached.
The first screen displays the current statistics related to the specified port(s). The subsequent statistical information listed for each interval is displayed as a delta to the previous screen.
When the keyword rate is specified, the “rate per second” for each statistic is displayed instead of the delta.
Monitor commands are similar to show commands, but only statistical information is shown. Monitor commands display the selected statistics according to the configured number of times at the interval specified.
Syntax | port-id | slot[/mda[/port]] or slot/mda/port[.channel] |
bundle-id: bundle-type-slot/mda.bundle-num | ||
bundle keyword | ||
bundle-num: 1 to 32 | ||
type ima, ppp |
The following outputs are examples of port monitoring information.
This command enables ATM port traffic monitoring.
Syntax | port-id | slot[/mda[/port]] or slot/mda/port[.channel] |
bundle-id: bundle-type-slot/mda.bundle-num | ||
bundle keyword | ||
bundle-num: 1 to 32 | ||
type ima, ppp |
The following output is an example of ATM port monitoring information.
This command enables monitoring of adapter card fabric profile statistics. The specified adapter card statistical information displays and automatically refreshes at the configured interval.
This command enables traffic monitoring for a SCADA bridge or branch. The statistical information for the specified bridge or branch is shown at the configured interval until the configured count is reached.
The first screen displays the current statistics related to the specified bridge or branch. The subsequent statistical information listed for each interval is displayed as a delta to the previous screen.
When the keyword rate is specified, the “rate per second” for each statistic is displayed instead of the delta.
Monitor commands are similar to show commands, but only statistical information is shown. Monitor commands display the selected statistics according to the configured number of times at the interval specified.
This command clears remote site external alarm information.
This command clears statistics for the specified LAG.
The clear mda form of this command reinitializes the specified adapter card or DSL module and clears all the collected fabric statistics related to the card or module. The clear mda statistics form of this command clears all the collected fabric statistics related to the specified adapter card or DSL module. The clear mda ring form of this command clears the dynamic FDB entries related to the specified ring adapter card.
This command reboots managed microwave devices.
This command clears the statistics for the specified port or channel group.
Syntax | port-id | slot[/mda[/port]] or slot/mda/port[.channel] |
bundle-id | bundle-type-slot/mda.bundle-num | |
bundle keyword | ||
bundle-num: 1 to 32 | ||
type ima, ppp |
The clear port port-id statistics frame-relay dlci dlci command differs from the clear port port-id statistics command in the sense that the former clears the circuit-level SAP statistics whereas the latter clears the frame-relay port statistics.
This command clears the statistics for all or specified bridges or branches.
This command enables debugging for a LAG.
The no form of the command disables debugging for a LAG.